WO2020198275A1 - Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020198275A1 WO2020198275A1 PCT/US2020/024564 US2020024564W WO2020198275A1 WO 2020198275 A1 WO2020198275 A1 WO 2020198275A1 US 2020024564 W US2020024564 W US 2020024564W WO 2020198275 A1 WO2020198275 A1 WO 2020198275A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- optionally substituted
- compound
- formula
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- acceptable salt
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 51
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 45
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 21
- 230000001603 reducing effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title description 90
- 208000029560 autism spectrum disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 55
- 208000033180 Monosomy 22q13.3 Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 201000006880 Phelan-McDermid syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 208000006289 Rett Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 208000001914 Fragile X syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 231
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 78
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 28
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 abstract description 16
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 16
- 150000001557 benzodiazepines Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 10
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 abstract description 9
- -1 digluconate Chemical compound 0.000 description 114
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 75
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 57
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 28
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 22
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 21
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 19
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108091008681 GABAA receptors Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000027484 GABAA receptors Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 206010003805 Autism Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000020706 Autistic disease Diseases 0.000 description 10
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 10
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 9
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 9
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 9
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 125000006708 (C5-C14) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 6
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000006714 (C3-C10) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 0 CC(NS(*)(=O)=O)=O Chemical compound CC(NS(*)(=O)=O)=O 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101150083522 MECP2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229940065734 gamma-aminobutyrate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 208000013403 hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 5
- DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N midazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NC=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1F DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960003793 midazolam Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003238 somatosensory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000006374 C2-C10 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005915 C6-C14 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010012559 Developmental delay Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000036626 Mental retardation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100030681 SH3 and multiple ankyrin repeat domains protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710101741 SH3 and multiple ankyrin repeat domains protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001766 X chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 4
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003997 social interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000024188 startle response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000012239 Developmental disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000029726 Neurodevelopmental disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 206010039897 Sedation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 3
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Os]=O XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 3
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000005223 peripheral sensory neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000003989 repetitive behavior Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000013406 repetitive behavior Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000036280 sedation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 3
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000007492 two-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004738 (C1-C6) alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COC(C)OC SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UTQNKKSJPHTPBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trichloroethanone Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)[C]=O UTQNKKSJPHTPBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WDBQJSCPCGTAFG-QHCPKHFHSA-N 4,4-difluoro-N-[(1S)-3-[4-(3-methyl-5-propan-2-yl-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)piperidin-1-yl]-1-pyridin-3-ylpropyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound FC1(CCC(CC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCN1CCC(CC1)N1C(=NN=C1C)C(C)C)C=1C=NC=CC=1)F WDBQJSCPCGTAFG-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002672 4-bromobenzoyl group Chemical group BrC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical class [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 208000036640 Asperger disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006062 Asperger syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006096 Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036864 Attention deficit/hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000003860 C1-C20 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003358 C2-C20 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010062745 Chloride Channels Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000011045 Chloride Channels Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000035976 Developmental Disabilities Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010013486 Distractibility Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000007547 Dravet syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000004067 Flatfoot Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101150082209 Fmr1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150072276 Gabrb3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020046 High arched palate Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000008454 Hyperhidrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006347 Intellectual Disability Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010072388 Methyl-CpG-Binding Protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039124 Methyl-CpG-binding protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000007379 Muscle Hypotonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036572 Myoclonic epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000005141 Otitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010038583 Repetitive speech Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-FFHKNEKCSA-N Retinol Palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-FFHKNEKCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010073677 Severe myoclonic epilepsy of infancy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101150096160 Shank3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000181 anti-adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007529 anxiety like behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000008784 apnea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000015802 attention deficit-hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940082483 carnauba wax Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024825 childhood disintegrative disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000013407 communication difficulty Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009193 crawling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940043264 dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000019258 ear infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008451 emotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008921 facial expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000000122 hyperventilation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000870 hyperventilation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035231 inattentive type attention deficit hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011499 joint compound Substances 0.000 description 2
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N methanol-d1 Chemical compound [2H]OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006502 nitrobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003232 p-nitrobenzoyl group Chemical group [N+](=O)([O-])C1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001557 phthalyl group Chemical group C(=O)(O)C1=C(C(=O)*)C=CC=C1 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010039722 scoliosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035900 sweating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tristearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-Camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXWGKAYMVASWDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dithiane Chemical group C1CCSSC1 CXWGKAYMVASWDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004889 1,3-dithianes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- WCOXQTXVACYMLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(12-hydroxyoctadecanoyloxy)propyl 12-hydroxyoctadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)CCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC(O)CCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC(O)CCCCCC WCOXQTXVACYMLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCGXANSAOXRFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethanamine Chemical compound COCCOCCN QWCGXANSAOXRFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-propylbenzoic acid Chemical class CCCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1O AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethanamine Chemical compound COCCN ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WLAMNBDJUVNPJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutyric acid Chemical compound CCC(C)C(O)=O WLAMNBDJUVNPJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003504 2-oxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002774 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-phenylpropionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002103 4,4'-dimethoxytriphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)(C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKRLQDJTVWZXMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(N1)=NOC1=O Chemical compound CC(N1)=NOC1=O RKRLQDJTVWZXMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NENDRBATLNDSTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C(N1)=O)NC1=O Chemical compound CN(C(N1)=O)NC1=O NENDRBATLNDSTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFFKVGJDBKGNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(N1)N=NC1=O Chemical compound CN(N1)N=NC1=O NFFKVGJDBKGNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Si](C)C Chemical compound C[Si](C)C DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXWKDPPQOJKKFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(O)n[s]1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(O)n[s]1 QXWKDPPQOJKKFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZGLNCKSNVGDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1n[nH]nn1 Chemical compound Cc1n[nH]nn1 XZGLNCKSNVGDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAHGPTMNWMCUNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1n[s]nc1O Chemical compound Cc1n[s]nc1O LAHGPTMNWMCUNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(Cl)=O VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010005551 GABA Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005915 GABA Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000017707 GABRB3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007979 Glycocholic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001073597 Homo sapiens Gamma-aminobutyric acid receptor subunit beta-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl benzoate Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000012202 Pervasive developmental disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N Vitamin A Natural products OC/C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(\C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VJHCJDRQFCCTHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid 2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O VJHCJDRQFCCTHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008063 acylals Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005076 adamantyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)OC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001980 alanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003281 allosteric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum magnesium Chemical compound [Mg].[Al] SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003911 antiadherent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000949 anxiolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005098 aryl alkoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940072107 ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940050390 benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-phenylpropanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004641 brain development Effects 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003340 calcium silicate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium;dioxido(oxo)silane Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])=O OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007963 capsule composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006243 carbonyl protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006244 carboxylic acid protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003123 carboxymethyl cellulose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940063834 carboxymethylcellulose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005168 croscarmellose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-M deoxycholate Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940009976 deoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- AQEFLFZSWDEAIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(C)(C)C AQEFLFZSWDEAIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002001 electrophysiology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007831 electrophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005448 ethoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012054 flavored emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020375 flavoured syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005519 fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical class FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007897 gelcap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N glycocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004993 haloalkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Natural products SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001057 ionotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005929 isobutyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940001447 lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M lactobionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium;hydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L malate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)CC([O-])=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000845 maltitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010449 maltitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N maltitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035436 maltitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000412 mechanoreceptor Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091008704 mechanoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000006109 methionine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- NXMXPVQZFYYPGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;methyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C NXMXPVQZFYYPGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006257 n-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008904 neural response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006764 neuronal dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002560 nitrile group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006501 nitrophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-hydroxybenzoic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGASFNYMVGEKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-1-ol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCCCCCCCO HGASFNYMVGEKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012053 oil suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075930 picrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M picrate anion Chemical compound [O-]C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M pivalate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C([O-])=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229950010765 pivalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011769 retinyl palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940108325 retinyl palmitate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019172 retinyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005930 sec-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001624 sedative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001866 silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011273 social behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001467 sodium calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960001790 sodium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011083 sodium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002594 sorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940012831 stearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000946 synaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylammonium Chemical compound CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylammonium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)C QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005979 thermal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003572 thiolanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001578 tight junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010215 titanium dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical class CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045997 vitamin a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D243/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D243/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D243/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D243/14—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines
- C07D243/16—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines substituted in position 5 by aryl radicals
- C07D243/18—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines substituted in position 5 by aryl radicals substituted in position 2 by nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D243/24—Oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D243/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D243/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D243/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D243/14—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines
- C07D243/16—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines substituted in position 5 by aryl radicals
- C07D243/18—1,4-Benzodiazepines; Hydrogenated 1,4-benzodiazepines substituted in position 5 by aryl radicals substituted in position 2 by nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- ASD Autism spectrum disorder
- idiopathic or non-syndromic ASD pervasive developmental disorders that cause syndromic forms of ASD are also associated with disrupted somatosensation.
- PMS Phelan McDermid Syndrome
- Fragile X syndrome which are both highly associated with ASD and are caused by mutations in Shank3 and Fmr1, respectively
- tactile hypersensitivity is common in patients with Rett syndrome (RTT), which is caused by mutations in the X-linked methyl-CpG-binding protein 2 (Mecp2) gene.
- RTT Rett syndrome
- this disclosure provides compounds having the structure of Formula (I):
- R A is R E , hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR D1 , -N(R D1a ) 2 , or -SR D1 , wherein R D1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
- R B is R E , hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
- each instance of R C and R D is, independently, R E , hydrogen, halogen, nitro, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR D1a , -N(R D1a ) 2 , or -SR D1a , wherein R D1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
- X is O, NR F , or CHR F ;
- p 1, 2, 3, or 4;
- n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
- R E is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system, provided that the compound of Formula (I) comprises at least one R E ;
- R F is a nitrogen radical that combines with R B to form a fused 5-membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
- Formula (I) comprises at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) instance of R E .
- Formula (I) comprises one instance of R E .
- R E1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
- R E is of the formula:
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (II):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (III):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (IV):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (V):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VI):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VII):
- a compound of Formulae (I) or (II) has a structure selected from:
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIa):
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIb):
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIc):
- the compounds of formula (III) have the structure of Formula (IIId):
- the compounds have the structure of:
- the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the invention provides a method of reducing tactile dysfunction in a human subject diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Rett Syndrome (RTT), Phelan McDermid syndrome (PMS), or Fragile X Syndrome, by administering to the subject a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the tactile dysfunction.
- ASSD Autism Spectrum Disorder
- RTT Rett Syndrome
- PMS Phelan McDermid syndrome
- Fragile X Syndrome Fragile X Syndrome
- the invention provides a method of reducing anxiety or social impairment in a human subject diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X Syndrome by administering to the subject a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the anxiety or social impairment.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
- the terms“Autism Spectrum Disorder” or“ASD” refer to a heterogeneous group of neurodevelopmental disorders as classified in the fifth revision of the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5 th edition (DSM-5).
- DSM-5 redefined the autism spectrum to encompass the prior (DSM-IV-TR) diagnosis of autism, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified, childhood disintegrative disorder, and Rett syndrome.
- the autism spectrum disorders are characterized by social deficits and communication difficulties, stereotyped or repetitive behaviors and interests, and in some cases, cognitive delays.
- an ASD is defined in the DSM-5 as exhibiting (i) deficits in social communication and interaction not caused by general developmental delays (must exhibit three criteria including deficits in social-emotional reciprocity, deficits in nonverbal communication, and deficits in creating and maintaining relationships appropriate to developmental level), (ii)
- Rett syndrome refers to an X-linked disorder that affects approximately one in ten-thousand girls. Patients go through four stages: Stage I) Following a period of apparently normal development from birth, the child begins to display social and communication deficits, similar to those seen in other autism spectrum disorders, between six and eighteen months of age. The child shows delays in their developmental milestones, particularly for motor ability, such as sitting and crawling. Stage II) Beginning between one and four years of age, the child goes through a period of regression in which they lose speech and motor abilities, developing stereotypical midline hand movements and gait impairments. Breathing irregularities, including apnea and hyperventilation also develop during this stage. Autistic symptoms are still prevalent at this stage.
- Stage III Between age two and ten, the period of regression ends and symptoms plateau. Social and communication skills may show small improvements during this plateau period, which may last for most of the patients' lives.
- Stage IV Motor ability and muscle deterioration continues. Many girls develop severe scoliosis and lose the ability to walk.
- PMS refers to rare genetic condition caused by a deletion or other structural change of the terminal end of chromosome 22 in the 22q13 region or a disease-causing mutation of the Shank3 gene. Although the range and severity of symptoms may vary, PMS is generally thought to be characterized by neonatal hypotonia (low muscle tone in the newborn), normal growth, absent to severely delayed speech, moderate to profound developmental delay, and minor dysmorphic provides. People who have PMS often show symptoms in very early childhood, sometimes at birth and within the first six months of life.
- Fragile X syndrome refers to an X chromosome-linked condition that is characterized by a visible constriction near the end of the X chromosome, at locus q27.3 that causes intellectual disability, behavioral and learning challenges and various physical characteristics
- Fragile X syndrome is the most common inherited form of mental retardation and developmental disability. Males with Fragile X syndrome usually have mental retardation and often exhibit characteristic physical provides and behavior. Fragile X syndrome is characterized by behavior similar to autism and attention deficit disorder, obsessive-compulsive tendencies, hyperactivity, slow development of motor skills and anxiety fear disorder. When these disabilities are severe and occur simultaneously, the condition is sometimes described as autism, and may be associated with any degree of intelligence.
- Tactile dysfunction refers to exhibiting symptoms such as withdrawing when being touched, refusing to eat certain“textured” foods and/or to wear certain types of clothing, complaining about having hair or face washed, avoiding getting hands dirty (e.g., glue, sand, mud, finger-paint), and using finger tips rather than whole hands to manipulate objects. Tactile dysfunction may lead to a misperception of touch and/or pain (hyper- or hyposensitive) and may lead to self-imposed isolation, general irritability, distractibility, and hyperactivity.
- anxiety refers to emotions characterized by feelings of tension, concerned thoughts and physical changes like increased blood pressure.
- Anxiety can be characterized by having recurring intrusive thoughts or concerns, avoiding certain situations (e.g., social situations) out of worry, and physical symptoms such as sweating, trembling, dizziness, or a rapid heartbeat.
- social impairment refers to a distinct dissociation from and lack of involvement in relations with other people. It can occur with various mental and developmental disorders, such as autism. Social impairment may occur when an individual acts in a less positive way or performs worse when they are around others as compared to when alone. Nonverbal behaviors associated with social impairment can include deficits in eye contact, facial expression, and gestures that are used to help regulate social interaction. Often there is a failure to develop age- appropriate friendships. Social impairment can also include a lack of spontaneous seeking to share achievements or interests with other individuals. A person with social impairment may exhibit a deficit in social reciprocity with individuals, decreased awareness of others, lack of empathy, and lack of awareness of the needs of others.
- blood brain barrier and“BBB” refer to a transvascular permeability barrier that tightly controls entry of substances into the brain.
- the capillaries that perfuse the brain are lined with special endothelial cells that lack fenestrations and are sealed by endothelial tight junctions.
- the tight endothelium provides a physical barrier that together with metabolic barriers forms the basis of the BBB.
- the term“reduced permeability” refers to peripherally acting compositions of the compounds described herein that have decreased (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) ability to cross the blood brain barrier.
- A“permeability reducing group” is any substituent added to a compound to reduce (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) the ability of a compound to cross the blood brain barrier (e.g. by passive diffusion or active transport), as compared to the compound lacking the permeability reducing group.
- the term“reducing” refers to decreasing (e.g., by 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, or about 100%) the side effects or symptoms (e.g., tactile sensitivity, social impairment, or anxiety) of patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome.
- the side effects or symptoms e.g., tactile sensitivity, social impairment, or anxiety
- treatment refers to reducing, decreasing, decreasing the risk of progression, or decreasing the side effects of (e.g., by 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, or about 100%) a particular disease or condition (e.g., tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment, e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome).
- a particular disease or condition e.g., tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment, e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome.
- Reducing, decreasing, decreasing the risk of progression, or decreasing the side effects of are relative to a subject who did not receive treatment, e.g., a control, a baseline, or a known control level or measurement.
- the terms“effective amount” or“therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to produce a desired result, for example, reducing (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) tactile dysfunction, social impairment, or anxiety in a subject upon administration of a composition containing a compound described herein.
- the increase or reduction related to administration of an effective amount of a compound may be calculated relative to levels or symptoms, as applicable, in a subject that has not been administered a compound of the invention or relative to the subject prior to administration of a compound of the invention.
- the increase or reduction may also be calculated relative to a control or baseline average.
- the term“subject,” refers to any animal (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human).
- a subject to be treated according to the methods described herein may be one who has been diagnosed with a developmental disorder (e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome) as having such a condition or one at risk of developing the condition. Diagnosis may be performed by any method or technique known in the art.
- a subject to be treated according to the present invention may have been subjected to standard tests or may have been identified, without examination, as one at high risk due to the presence of one or more risk factors.
- the term“pharmaceutical composition,” refers to a composition containing a compound described herein formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and manufactured or sold with the approval of a governmental regulatory agency as part of a therapeutic regimen for the treatment of disease in a mammal.
- compositions can be formulated, for example, for oral administration in unit dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup); for topical administration (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment); for intravenous administration (e.g., as a sterile solution free of particulate emboli and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use); for intrathecal administration (e.g., as a sterile preservative-free composition in a solvent system suitable for intrathecal use); or in any other formulation described herein.
- unit dosage form e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup
- topical administration e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment
- intravenous administration e.g., as a sterile solution free of particulate emboli and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use
- intrathecal administration e.g., as a sterile pre
- the terms“pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” or“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” refer to any ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition other than compounds described herein (e.g., a vehicle capable of suspending or dissolving the active agent) and having the properties of being nontoxic and non-inflammatory in a patient.
- Excipients may include, for example: antiadherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspensing or dispersing agents, sweeteners, or waters of hydration.
- excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E,
- the term“pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are described in: Berge et al., J. Pharmaceutical Sciences 66:1-19, 1977 and in Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (Eds. P.H. Stahl and C.G. Wermuth), Wiley-VCH, 2008.
- the salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds described herein by reacting the free base group with a suitable organic acid.
- Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate,
- glucoheptonate glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
- alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like.
- LogP is the partition coefficient reflecting the relative solubility of a drug in octanol versus water. The higher the value, the lower the water solubility. Generally a reduction in the LogP is associated with reduced permeability across the blood brain barrier. LogP can be predicted from the structure of a compound described herein using standard physiochemical prediction software.
- PSA polar surface area
- freely rotatable bonds refer to the number of freely rotatable bonds a compound has. A greater number of freely rotatable bonds generally correlates with lower blood brain permeability. FRBs can be determined from the structure of a compound described herein using standard physiochemical prediction software.
- acyl represents a hydrogen or an alkyl group, as defined herein that is attached to a parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as defined herein, and is exemplified by formyl (i.e., a carboxyaldehyde group), acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, propionyl, and butanoyl.
- exemplary unsubstituted acyl groups include from 1 to 6, from 1 to 11, or from 1 to 21 carbons.
- alkyl refers to a branched or straight-chain monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 1 to 16 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
- An alkylene is a divalent alkyl group.
- heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the constituent carbon atoms have been replaced by nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- the heteroalkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for alkyl groups.
- heteroalkyl groups are an“alkoxy” which, as used herein, refers to alkyl-O- (e.g., methoxy and ethoxy).
- a heteroalkylene is a divalent heteroalkyl group.
- Heteroalkyl groups also include alkylamino groups.
- alkylamino refers to a heteroalkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the constituent carbon atoms have been replaced by nitrogen.
- the heteroalkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for alkyl groups.
- alkylamino groups are methylamino and ethylamino.
- amino represents–N(R N1 ) 2 , wherein each R N1 is, independently, H, OH, NO 2 , N(R N2 ) 2 , SO 2 OR N2 , SO 2 R N2 , SOR N2 , an N-protecting group, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), wherein each of these recited R N1 groups can be optionally substituted; or two R N1 combine to form an alkylene or heteroalkylene, and wherein each R N2 is, independently, H, alkyl, or aryl.
- the amino groups of the invention can be an unsubstituted amino (i.e.,–NH 2 ) or a substituted amino (i.e.,–N(R N1 ) 2 ).
- aryl represents a mono-, bicyclic, or multicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings and is exemplified by phenyl, naphthyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like, and may be optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) C 1 -C 7 acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C 1 -C 20 alkyl (e.g., C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 alkyl,
- each of these groups can be further substituted as described herein.
- the alkylene group of a C 1 -alkaryl or a C 1 -alkheterocyclyl can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
- cycloalkyl represents a monovalent saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group from three to eight carbons, unless otherwise specified, and is exemplified by cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, bicycle heptyl, and the like.
- the cycloalkyl group includes one carbon-carbon double bond
- the cycloalkyl group can be referred to as a“cycloalkenyl” group.
- Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
- the cycloalkyl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with: (1) C 1 -C 7 acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C 1 -C 20 alkyl (e.g., C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkylsulfinyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, azido-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, (carboxyaldehyde)-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, halo-C 1 -C 6 alkyl (e.g., perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted hydroxyl-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, nitro-C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 thioalkoxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl); (3) C 1 -C 20 alkoxy
- each of these groups can be further substituted as described herein.
- the alkylene group of a C 1 -alkaryl or a C 1 -alkheterocyclyl can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
- halogen refers to bromine, chlorine, iodine, or fluorine.
- N-protecting group represents those groups intended to protect an amino group against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Commonly used N- protecting groups are disclosed in Greene,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3 rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999).
- N-protecting groups include acyl, aryloyl, or carbamyl groups such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, a-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4- bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, and chiral auxiliaries such as protected or unprotected D, L or D, L- amino acids such as alanine, leucine, and phenylalanine; sulfonyl-containing groups such as benzenesulfonyl, and
- p-toluenesulfonyl carbamate forming groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl,
- methoxycarbonyl methoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl, fluorenyl-9-methoxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl,
- N-protecting groups are alloc, formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, alanyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz).
- O-protecting group represents those groups intended to protect an oxygen containing (e.g., phenol, optionally substituted hydroxyl, or carbonyl) group against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures.
- oxygen containing e.g., phenol, optionally substituted hydroxyl, or carbonyl
- Commonly used O-protecting groups are disclosed in Greene,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3 rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- O-protecting groups include acyl, aryloyl, or carbamyl groups, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, a-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, tri-iso-propylsilyloxymethyl, 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, isobutyryl, phenoxyacetyl, 4-isopropylpehenoxyacetyl, dimethylformamidino, and 4-nitrobenzoyl; alkylcarbonyl groups, such as acyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivalo
- ethoxycarbonyl isopropoxycarbonyl, n-isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, sec-butyloxycarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, methyloxycarbonyl, and the like; alkoxyalkoxycarbonyl groups, such as methoxymethoxycarbonyl, ethoxymethoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, propargyloxycarbonyl, 2-butenoxycarbonyl, 3-methyl-2-butenoxycarbonyl, and the like; haloalkoxycarbonyls, such as 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroe
- arylalkoxycarbonyl groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl,
- aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl, p-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, o-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, 2,4-dinitrophenoxycarbonyl, p-methyl-phenoxycarbonyl, m-methylphenoxycarbonyl, o-bromophenoxycarbonyl,
- benzyloxymethyl siloxymethyl; 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxymethyl; tetrahydropyranyl; tetrahydrofuranyl; ethoxyethyl; 1-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]ethyl; 2-trimethylsilylethyl; t-butyl ether; p-chlorophenyl, p-methoxyphenyl, p-nitrophenyl, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, and nitrobenzyl); silyl ethers (e.g., trimethylsilyl; triethylsilyl; triisopropylsilyl; dimethylisopropylsilyl; t-butyldimethylsilyl;
- silyl ethers e.g., trimethylsilyl; triethylsilyl; triisopropylsilyl; dimethylisopropylsilyl; t
- urea refers to a carbamide with two–NR 1 R 2 groups joined by a carbonyl.
- R 1 and R 2 can be optionally substituted C 1 -6 alkyl, hydrogen, or deuterium.
- carboxylate refers to a chemical group of R 1 -O-CO-NR 2 R 3 wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 can be any chemical group, such as optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
- alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl (e.g., cycloalkyl), aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, there will generally be 1 to 4 substituents present, unless otherwise specified.
- Substituents include, for example: aryl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted phenyl), carbocyclyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl), halogen (e.g., fluoro), hydroxyl, heteroalkyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted methoxy, ethoxy, or thioalkoxy), heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino (e.g., NH 2 or mono- or dialkyl amino), azido, cyano, nitro, or thiol.
- aryl e.g., substituted and unsubstituted phenyl
- carbocyclyl e.g., substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl
- halogen e.g., fluoro
- hydroxyl hydroxyl
- heteroalkyl e.g., substituted and unsubstituted
- Aryl, carbocyclyl (e.g., cycloalkyl), heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups may also be substituted with alkyl (unsubstituted and substituted such as arylalkyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted benzyl)).
- Compounds of the invention can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and can exist in the form of optically pure enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers such as, for example, racemates, optically pure diastereoisomers, mixtures of diastereoisomers, diastereoisomeric racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomeric racemates.
- optically active forms can be obtained for example by resolution of the racemates, by asymmetric synthesis or asymmetric chromatography
- Stereoisomers are compounds that differ only in their spatial arrangement. Enantiomers are pairs of stereoisomers whose mirror images are not superimposable, most commonly because they contain an asymmetrically substituted carbon atom that acts as a chiral center.“Enantiomer” means one of a pair of molecules that are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable. Diastereomers are stereoisomers that are not related as mirror images, most commonly because they contain two or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms and represent the configuration of substituents around one or more chiral carbon atoms.
- Enantiomers of a compound can be prepared, for example, by separating an enantiomer from a racemate using one or more well-known techniques and methods, such as, for example, chiral chromatography and separation methods based thereon.
- the appropriate technique and/or method for separating an enantiomer of a compound described herein from a racemic mixture can be readily determined by those of skill in the art.
- “Racemate” or“racemic mixture” means a compound containing two enantiomers, wherein such mixtures exhibit no optical activity; i.e., they do not rotate the plane of polarized light.
- “Geometric isomer” means isomers that differ in the orientation of substituent atoms in relationship to a carbon-carbon double bond, to a cycloalkyl ring, or to a bridged bicyclic system.
- Atoms (other than H) on each side of a carbon- carbon double bond may be in an E (substituents are on opposite sides of the carbon- carbon double bond) or Z (substituents are oriented on the same side) configuration.“R,”“S,”“S*,”“R*,”“E,”“Z,”“cis,” and“trans,” indicate configurations relative to the core molecule. Certain of the disclosed compounds may exist in atropisomeric forms.
- Atropisomers are stereoisomers resulting from hindered rotation about single bonds where the steric strain barrier to rotation is high enough to allow for the isolation of the conformers.
- the compounds of the invention may be prepared as individual isomers by either isomer-specific synthesis or resolved from an isomeric mixture.
- Conventional resolution techniques include forming the salt of a free base of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active acid (followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base), forming the salt of the acid form of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active amine (followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free acid), forming an ester or amide of each of the isomers of an isomeric pair using an optically pure acid, amine or alcohol (followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary), or resolving an isomeric mixture of either a starting material or a final product using various well known chromatographic methods.
- the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure
- the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9%) by weight relative to the other stereoisomers.
- the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight optically pure.
- the depicted or named diastereomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight pure.
- Percent optical purity is the ratio of the weight of the enantiomer or over the weight of the enantiomer plus the weight of its optical isomer. Diastereomeric purity by weight is the ratio of the weight of one diastereomer or over the weight of all the diastereomers.
- the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure relative to the other stereoisomers.
- the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure.
- diastereomer When a single diastereomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named diastereomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure. Percent purity by mole fraction is the ratio of the moles of the enantiomer or over the moles of the enantiomer plus the moles of its optical isomer. Similarly, percent purity by moles fraction is the ratio of the moles of the diastereomer or over the moles of the diastereomer plus the moles of its isomer.
- one or more compounds depicted herein may exist in different tautomeric forms.
- references to such compounds encompass all such tautomeric forms.
- tautomeric forms result from the swapping of a single bond with an adjacent double bond and the concomitant migration of a proton.
- a tautomeric form may be a prototropic tautomer, which is an isomeric protonation states having the same empirical formula and total charge as a reference form.
- moieties with prototropic tautomeric forms are ketone - enol pairs, amide - imidic acid pairs, lactam - lactim pairs, amide - imidic acid pairs, enamine - imine pairs, and annular forms where a proton can occupy two or more positions of a heterocyclic system, such as, 1H- and 3H-imidazole, 1H-, 2H- and 4H- 1,2,4-triazole, 1H- and 2H- isoindole, and 1H- and 2H-pyrazole.
- tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution.
- isotopes of compounds described herein may be prepared and/or utilized in accordance with the present invention.
- isotopes refers to atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers resulting from a different number of neutrons in the nuclei.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.
- an isotopic substitution e.g., substitution of hydrogen with deuterium
- compounds described and/or depicted herein may be provided and/or utilized in salt form.
- compounds described and/or depicted herein may be provided and/or utilized in hydrate or solvate form.
- substituents of compounds of the present disclosure are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the present disclosure include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges.
- the term“C 1 -C 6 alkyl” is specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, and C6 alkyl.
- the present disclosure is intended to cover individual compounds and groups of compounds (e.g., genera and subgenera) containing each and every individual subcombination of members at each position.
- a phrase of the form“optionally substituted X” (e.g., optionally substituted alkyl) is intended to be equivalent to“X, wherein X is optionally substituted” (e.g.,“alkyl, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted”). It is not intended to mean that the feature“X” (e.g. alkyl) per se is optional.
- the term“optionally substituted X” (e.g., optionally substituted alkyl) means that X can be substituted with any substituent, e.g., any of the substituents described herein.
- Optionally substituted refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g., “substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkenyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” carbocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heterocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
- substituted means that at least one hydrogen present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not
- a“substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
- the term“substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. The present invention contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound.
- heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
- the invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the exemplary substituents described herein.
- each instance of R aa is, independently, selected from C 1–10 alkyl, C 1–10 perhaloalkyl, C 2–10 alkenyl, C 2–10 alkynyl, heteroC 1–10 alkyl, heteroC 2–10 alkenyl, heteroC 2–10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two R aa groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups;
- each instance of R cc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C 1–10 alkyl, C 1–10 perhaloalkyl, C 2–10 alkenyl, C 2–10 alkynyl, heteroC 1–10 alkyl, heteroC 2–10 alkenyl, heteroC 2–10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two R cc groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups;
- each instance of R ee is, independently, selected from C 1–6 alkyl, C 1–6 perhaloalkyl, C 2–6 alkenyl, C 2–6 alkynyl, heteroC 1–6 alkyl, heteroC 2–6 alkenyl, heteroC 2–6 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, C 1–6 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups;
- each instance of R ff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C 1–6 alkyl, C 1–6 perhaloalkyl, C 2–6 alkenyl, C 2–6 alkynyl, heteroC 1–6 alkyl, heteroC 2–6 alkenyl, heteroC 2–6 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3– 10 membered heterocyclyl, C6–10 aryl and 5–10 membered heteroaryl, or two R ff groups are joined to form a 3–10 membered heterocyclyl or 5–10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups; and
- the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -6 alkyl, -OR aa , -SR aa , -N(R bb ) 2 ,–CN,–SCN, or–NO 2 .
- FIG.1 is a graph showing percent inhibition of the startle response to a 125 dB noise, when the startle noise is preceded by a light air puff in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment.
- Advillin Cre and Mecp 2f/y mice receiving vehicle treatment showed tactile hypersensitivity compared to control littermates.
- Treatment with midazolam significantly attenuated tactile sensitivity in both Mecp2 mutants and controls, with all mice exhibiting a decreased performance in tactile PPI.
- FIG.2 is a graph showing response to a light air puff stimulus alone in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment. Responses are expressed as percent of startle response to a 125 dB noise.
- FIG.3 is a graph showing magnitude of startle response to a 125 dB noise in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment. Responses are expressed as percent of startle response to a 125 dB noise.
- midazolam treatment reduced tactile sensitivity, this treatment also caused significant sedation in all mice, as evidenced by a ⁇ 50% reduction in their startle amplitude.
- FIG.4 depicts the synthesis of Compound 1.
- FIG.5 depicts the syntheses of Compounds 2 and 3.
- FIG.6 depicts the synthesis of Compound 4.
- FIG.7 depicts the synthesis of Compound 5.
- FIG.8 depicts the synthesis of Compound 6.
- a range of mouse genetic models of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) combined with behavioral testing, synaptic analyses, and electrophysiology were used to define both the etiology of aberrant tactile sensitivity in ASD and the contribution of somatosensory dysfunction to the expression of ASD-like traits.
- ASD Autism Spectrum Disorder
- Mutations in genes associated with both syndromic and non-syndromic forms of ASD cause tactile dysfunction, and the Rett Syndrome (RTT)-, Phelan McDermid syndrome (PMS)-, and ASD-associated genes Mecp2, Shank3, and Gabrb3 function cell autonomously in peripheral somatosensory neurons for normal tactile behaviors.
- RTT Rett Syndrome
- PMS Phelan McDermid syndrome
- Mecp2 Shank3, and Gabrb3 function cell autonomously in peripheral somatosensory neurons for normal tactile behaviors.
- Shank3 mutant DRG neurons which are associated with PMS, on the other hand, exhibit hyperexcitability. These somatosensory deficits during development contribute to aberrant social behaviors as well as anxiety-like behaviors in adulthood. Somatosensory neuron dysfunction underlies aberrant tactile perception in ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome and that functional insufficiency of GABAA receptors or hyperactivity of peripheral sensory neurons cause tactile processing deficiency during development, which leads to anxiety-like behavior and social interaction deficits in adult mice. Thus, peripheral sensory neurons represent exciting, untested therapeutic targets for ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome.
- GABAA receptor agonists such as benzodiazepines, which attenuate the activity of peripheral mechanosensory neurons, may be useful for treating tactile hypersensitivity and thus anxiety and social impairments in ASD patients.
- benzodiazepines which attenuate the activity of peripheral mechanosensory neurons, may be useful for treating tactile hypersensitivity and thus anxiety and social impairments in ASD patients.
- treating young children with benzodiazepines has traditionally been avoided because of undesirable side effects of these drugs in children. Indeed, there is a general reluctance on the part of physicians to use FDA-approved benzodiazepines because of undesirable side effects, including sedation, and serious complications associated with interference with brain development.
- the present invention provides peripherally-restricted benzodiazepines of Formulae (I)-(VII) (i.e., benzodiazepines exhibiting reduced blood brain barrier (BBB) permeability) and methods of use thereof, for reducing tactile dysfunction, social impairment, and/or anxiety in subjects in need thereof (e.g., in subjects diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome).
- BBB blood brain barrier
- GABA Gamma-aminobutyrate
- GABA GABA decarboxylase
- GABAA GABA receptor subtypes
- GABAB GABA receptor subtypes
- the most abundant subtype of GABAA receptors are ionotropic receptors comprised of multiple subunits that form ligand- gated chloride ion channels.
- the GABAA receptor subunits have been identified (alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, pi, and theta subunits), and each subunit is encoded by a separate gene.
- many subunits have multiple isoforms and/or splice variants, giving rise to a large degree of structural diversity.
- Benzodiazepine compounds are positive allosteric modulators (PAMs) of the GABAA receptor, i.e., they increase the activity of the GABAA receptor protein in the vertebrate central nervous system.
- PAMs positive allosteric modulators
- benzodiazepnes Upon binding the GABAA receptor, benzodiazepnes trigger the receptor to open its chloride channel to allow chloride ions into the neuron, making the cell hyperpolarized and less likely to fire.
- GABAA PAMs increase the effect of GABA by making the channel open more frequently or for longer periods.
- GABA A receptor PAMs used as drugs have mainly sedative and anxiolytic effects because the compounds cross the blood brain barrier and enter the central nervous system.
- GABAA PAMs such as benzodiazepines
- GABAA PAMs can be modified such that they retain GABAA activity but can no longer penetrate the blood brain barrier, or such that they have reduced ability to permeate the blood brain barrier.
- Such compounds are“peripherally restricted,” i.e., they are restricted to the peripheral nervous system.
- the peripherally restricted benzodiazepine compounds disclosed herein maintain functionality as GABAA PAMs.
- the compounds disclosed herein have structures and physiochemical properties that maintain or improve their therapeutic activity, but limit their exposure to the CNS.
- the compounds disclosed herein have physiochemical properties, such as Log P (water- octanol partition coefficient) values, polar surface area (PSA) and/or freely rotatable bonds (FRBs), which limit the ability of the compounds to penetrate the blood brain barrier and enter the CNS.
- Log P water- octanol partition coefficient
- PSA polar surface area
- FRBs freely rotatable bonds
- Peripherally restricted GABA A PAMs such as peripherally restricted benzodiazepines cannot penetrate the blood brain barrier, or have reduced blood brain barrier permeability, and target GABAA receptors in the peripheral nervous system.
- Such compounds can be administered to a subject with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome to reduce tactile dysfunction, social impairment, and anxiety, while avoiding unwanted central effects such as sedation.
- the present disclosure provides novel, peripherally restricted benzodiazepine GABAA receptor PAMs.
- a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of Formulae (I)- (VII) may be administered to a subject to reduce social impairment, anxiety, or tactile dysfunction in patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome.
- Exemplary compounds that may be used in the compositions and methods described herein are listed in Table 1. Table 1.
- R A is R E , hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR D1 , -N(R D1a ) 2 , or -SR D1 , wherein R D1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
- R B is R E , hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphaticl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
- each instance of R C and R D is, independently, R E , hydrogen, halogen, nitro, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR D1a , -N(R D1a ) 2 , or -SR D1a , wherein R D1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
- X is O, NR F , or CHR F ;
- p 1, 2, 3, or 4;
- n 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
- R E is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system, provided that the compound of Formula (I) comprises at least one R E ;
- R F is a nitrogen radical that combines with R B to form a fused 5-membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent R A .
- R A is replaced with the substituent R E .
- R A is hydrogen.
- R A is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R A is optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- R A is -OR D1 , wherein R D1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
- R A is -N(R D1a ) 2 .
- R A is -SR D1 .
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent R B .
- R B is replaced with the substituent R E .
- R B is hydrogen.
- R B is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted methyl. In certain embodiments, R B is unsubstituted methyl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R B is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R B is a nitrogen protecting group.
- Formula (I) comprises the substituents R C and R D .
- R C is replaced with the substituent R E .
- R D is replaced with the substituent R E .
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent R C , and R D is replaced with the substituent R E .
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent R D , and R C is replaced with the substituent R E .
- R C and R D are the same. In certain embodiments, R C and R D are different.
- Formula (I) comprises n instances of R C .
- n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 3. In certain embodiments, n is 4. In certain embodiments, n is 5.
- R C is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R C is halogen. In certain embodiments, R C is nitro. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R C is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments,
- R C is -OR D1a , wherein R D1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
- R C is -N(R D1a ) 2 .
- R C is -SR D1a .
- Formula (I) comprises p instances of R D .
- p is 1.
- p is 2.
- p is 3.
- p is 4.
- R D is hydrogen.
- R D is halogen.
- R D is nitro. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R D is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain
- R D is -OR D1a , wherein R D1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
- R C is -N(R D1a ) 2 .
- R C is -SR D1a .
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent X.
- X is O.
- X is NR F , wherein R F is a nitrogen radical that combines with R B to form a fused 5- membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
- X is CHR F .
- Formula (I) comprises the substituent R E .
- the subsistent R E is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system.
- R E is optionally substituted C 1 -50 heteroaliphatic.
- R E is–OR E1 , wherein R E1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
- R E is of the formula: .
- R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E
- R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: . In certain
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula:
- R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: In certain
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula:
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is
- R E is of the formula: .
- R E is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula:
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E
- R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula: In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula . In certain embodiments, R E is of the formula:
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (II):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (III):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (IV):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (V):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc):
- Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VI):
- Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VII):
- compounds of Formulae (I) and (II) have a structure selected from:
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIa):
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIb):
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIc):
- Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIId):
- a compound of Formula (III) has a structure selected from:
- the compounds described herein are useful in treating tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment in a subject diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome. Tactile Dysfunction
- Tactile dysfunction includes exhibiting symptoms such as withdrawing when being touched, refusing to eat certain“textured” foods and/or to wear certain types of clothing, complaining about having hair or face washed, avoiding getting hands dirty (e.g., glue, sand, mud, finger-paint), and using finger tips rather than whole hands to manipulate objects. Tactile dysfunction may lead to a misperception of touch and/or pain (hyper- or hyposensitive) and may lead to self-imposed isolation, general irritability, distractibility, and hyperactivity.
- Anxiety such as withdrawing when being touched, refusing to eat certain“textured” foods and/or to wear certain types of clothing, complaining about having hair or face washed, avoiding getting hands dirty (e.g., glue, sand, mud, finger-paint), and using finger tips rather than whole hands to manipulate objects. Tactile dysfunction may lead to a misperception of touch and/or pain (hyper- or hyposensitive) and may lead to self-imposed isolation, general irritability
- Anxiety includes emotions characterized by feelings of tension, concerned thoughts and physical changes like increased blood pressure. Anxiety can be characterized by having recurring intrusive thoughts or concerns, avoiding certain situations (e.g., social situations) out of worry, and physical symptoms such as sweating, trembling, dizziness or a rapid heartbeat.
- Social impairment involves a distinct dissociation from and lack of involvement in relations with other people. It can occur with various mental and developmental disorders, such as autism. Social impairment may occur when an individual acts in a less positive way or performs worse when they are around others as compared to when alone. Nonverbal behaviors associated with social impairment can include deficits in eye contact, facial expression, and gestures that are used to help regulate social interaction. Often there is a failure to develop age-appropriate friendships. Social impairment can also include a lack of spontaneous seeking to share achievements or interests with other individuals. A person with social impairment may exhibit a deficit in social reciprocity with individuals, decreased awareness of others, lack of empathy, and lack of awareness of the needs of others. Autism Spectrum Disorder
- ASD is a heterogeneous group of neurodevelopmental disorders as classified in the fifth revision of the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5 th edition (DSM-5).
- the DSM-5 redefined the autism spectrum to encompass the prior (DSM-IV-TR) diagnosis of autism, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified, childhood disintegrative disorder, and Rett syndrome.
- the autism spectrum disorders are characterized by social deficits and communication difficulties, stereotyped or repetitive behaviors and interests, and in some cases, cognitive delays.
- an ASD is defined in the DSM-5 as exhibiting (i) deficits in social communication and interaction not caused by general developmental delays (must exhibit three criteria including deficits in social-emotional reciprocity, deficits in nonverbal communication, and deficits in creating and maintaining relationships appropriate to developmental level), (ii) demonstration of restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interest or activities (must exhibit two of the following four criteria: repetitive speech, repetitive motor movements or repetitive use of objects, adherence to routines, ritualized patterns of verbal or nonverbal, or strong resistance to change, fixated interests that are abnormally intense of focus, and over or under reactivity to sensory input or abnormal interest in sensory aspects of environment), (iii) symptoms must be present in early childhood, and (iv) symptoms collectively limit and hinder everyday functioning.
- ASD is also contemplated herein to include Dravet’s syndrome and autistic-like behavior in non-human animals.
- Rett syndrome is an X-linked disorder that affects approximately one in ten-thousand girls. Patients go through four stages: Stage I) Following a period of apparently normal development from birth, the child begins to display social and communication deficits, similar to those seen in other autism spectrum disorders, between six and eighteen months of age. The child shows delays in their developmental milestones, particularly for motor ability, such as sitting and crawling. Stage II) Beginning between one and four years of age, the child goes through a period of regression in which they lose speech and motor abilities, developing stereotypical midline hand movements and gait impairments. Breathing irregularities, including apnea and hyperventilation also develop during this stage. Autistic symptoms are still prevalent at this stage.
- Stage III Between age two and ten, the period of regression ends and symptoms plateau. Social and communication skills may show small improvements during this plateau period, which may last for most of the patients' lives.
- Stage IV Motor ability and muscle deterioration continues. Many girls develop severe scoliosis and lose the ability to walk. Phelan McDermid syndrome
- Phelan McDermid syndrome is a rare genetic condition caused by a deletion or other structural change of the terminal end of chromosome 22 in the 22q13 region or a disease-causing mutation of the Shank3 gene. Although the range and severity of symptoms may vary, PMS is generally thought to be characterized by neonatal hypotonia (low muscle tone in the newborn), normal growth, absent to severely delayed speech, moderate to profound developmental delay, and minor dysmorphic provides. People who have PMS often show symptoms in very early childhood, sometimes at birth and within the first six months of life. Fragile X Syndrome
- Fragile X syndrome is an X chromosome-linked condition that is characterized by a visible constriction near the end of the X chromosome, at locus q27.3 that causes intellectual disability, behavioral and learning challenges and various physical characteristics
- Fragile X syndrome is the most common inherited form of mental retardation and developmental disability. Males with Fragile X syndrome usually have mental retardation and often exhibit characteristic physical provides and behavior. Fragile X syndrome is characterized by behavior similar to autism and attention deficit disorder, obsessive-compulsive tendencies, hyperactivity, slow development of motor skills and anxiety fear disorder. When these disabilities are severe and occur simultaneously, the condition is sometimes described as autism, and may be associated with any degree of intelligence.
- compositions are a likable, happy, friendly personality with a limited number of autistic-like provides such as hand-flapping, finding direct eye contact unpleasant, and some speech and language problems.
- Physical provides may include large ears, long face, soft skin and large testicles (called “macroorchidism”) in post-pubertal males.
- Connective tissue problems may include ear infections, flat feet, high arched palate, double-jointed fingers and hyper-flexible joints.
- compositions for administration to human subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo.
- Pharmaceutical compositions typically include an active agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the compound can also be used in the form of the free base, in the form of salts, zwitterions, solvates, or as prodrugs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof. All forms are within the scope of the invention.
- the compounds, salts, zwitterions, solvates, prodrugs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient in a variety of forms depending on the selected route of administration, as will be understood by those skilled in the art.
- the compounds described herein may be administered, for example, by oral, parenteral, buccal, sublingual, nasal, rectal, patch, pump, or transdermal administration, and the pharmaceutical compositions formulated accordingly.
- Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, transepithelial, nasal, intrapulmonary, intrathecal, rectal, and topical modes of administration.
- Parenteral administration may be by continuous infusion over a selected period of time.
- compositions for use in accordance with the present invention thus can be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries that facilitate processing of compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
- excipient or carrier is selected on the basis of the mode and route of administration.
- suitable pharmaceutical carriers as well as pharmaceutical necessities for use in pharmaceutical formulations, are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012), a well-known reference text in this field, and in the USP/NF (United States Pharmacopeia and the National Formulary).
- suitable excipients are lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, syrup, and methyl cellulose.
- the formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents, e.g., talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents, e.g., methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
- lubricating agents e.g., talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil
- wetting agents emulsifying and suspending agents
- preserving agents e.g., methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates
- sweetening agents e.g., methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates
- compositions can be manufactured in a conventional manner, e.g., by conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
- Methods well known in the art for making formulations are found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012), and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, eds. J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, 1988- 1999, Marcel Dekker, New York. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
- the formulation and preparation of such compositions is well-known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical formulation.
- the active compound can be milled to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it can be milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size can be adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g., about 40 mesh. Dosages
- the dosage of the compounds described herein can vary depending on many factors, e.g., the pharmacodynamic properties of the compound, the mode of administration, the age, health, and weight of the recipient, the nature and extent of the symptoms, the frequency of the treatment, and the type of concurrent treatment, if any, and the clearance rate of the composition in the subject to be treated.
- the active agent may be administered initially in a suitable dosage that may be adjusted as required, depending on the clinical response.
- a suitable daily dose of an active agent will be that amount of the compound that is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
- the dosage of a pharmaceutical composition or the active agent in a pharmaceutical composition may be in the range of from about 1 pg to about 10 g (e.g., 1 pg-10 pg, e.g., 2 pg, 3 pg, 4 pg, 5 pg, 6 pg, 7 pg, 8 pg, 9 pg, 10 pg, e.g., 10 pg-100 pg, e.g., 20 pg, 30 pg, 40 pg, 50 pg, 60 pg, 70 pg, 80 pg, 90 pg, 100 pg, e.g., 100 pg-1 ng, e.g., 200 pg, 300 pg, 400 pg, 500 pg, 600
- the pharmaceutical composition or the active agent may also be administered as a unit dose form or as a dose per mass or weight of the patient from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg (e.g., 0.01-0.1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.02 0.03 mg/kg, 0.04 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.06 mg/kg, 0.07 mg/kg, 0.08 mg/kg, 0.09 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.1-1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.2 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.7 mg/kg, 0.8 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, e.g., 1-10 mg/kg, e.g., 1 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg,
- the dosage regimen may be determined by the clinical indication being addressed (e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome, e.g., social impairment or anxiety), as well as by various patient variables (e.g., weight, age, sex) and clinical presentation (e.g., extent or severity of tactile sensitivity, anxiety, or social impairment). Furthermore, it is understood that all dosages may be continuously given or divided into dosages given per a given time frame.
- the composition may be administered, for example, every hour, day, week, month, or year.
- the compounds described herein may be administered to patients or animals with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, in unit dosage form.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient in unit dosage form.
- the compounds for use in treatment of ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome may be produced and isolated by any standard technique known to those in the field of medicinal chemistry. Conventional pharmaceutical practice may be employed to provide suitable formulations or compositions to administer the compound to patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome.
- Exemplary routes of administration of the compounds, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, used in the present invention include oral, sublingual, buccal, transdermal, intradermal, intramuscular, parenteral, intravenous, intra-arterial, intracranial, subcutaneous, intraorbital, intraventricular, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intranasal, inhalation, intrathecal and topical administration.
- the compounds may be administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- compositions contemplated by the invention include those formulated for oral administration.
- Oral dosage forms can be, for example, in the form of tablets, capsules, a liquid solution or suspension, a powder, or liquid or solid crystals, which contain the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
- excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate), granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid), binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or polyethylene glycol), and lubricating agents, glidants, and antiad
- Formulations for oral administration may also be presented as chewable tablets, as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
- water or an oil medium for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment.
- Controlled release compositions for oral use may be constructed to release the active drug by controlling the dissolution and/or the diffusion of the active drug substance. Any of a number of strategies can be pursued in order to obtain controlled release and the targeted plasma concentration versus time profile.
- controlled release is obtained by appropriate selection of various formulation parameters and ingredients, including, e.g., various types of controlled release compositions and coatings. Examples include single or multiple unit tablet or capsule compositions, oil solutions, suspensions, emulsions, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, patches, and liposomes.
- compositions include biodegradable, pH, and/or temperature- sensitive polymer coatings.
- Dissolution or diffusion-controlled release can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of the compounds described herein, or by incorporating the compound into an appropriate matrix.
- a controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate, ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2- hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols.
- the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon.
- liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils, e.g., cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
- aqueous solutions suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils, e.g., cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
- the compounds described herein can be administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral (e.g., intravenous or intramuscular) formulation as described herein.
- the pharmaceutical formulation may also be administered parenterally (intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous or the like) in dosage forms or formulations containing conventional, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants.
- formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
- the compounds may be dissolved or suspended in a parenterally acceptable liquid vehicle.
- acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, water adjusted to a suitable pH by addition of an appropriate amount of hydrochloric acid, sodium hydroxide or a suitable buffer, 1,3-butanediol, Ringer’s solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- the aqueous formulation may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate. Additional information regarding parenteral formulations can be found, for example, in the United States Pharmacopeia-National Formulary (USP-NF), herein incorporated by reference.
- USP-NF United States Pharmacopeia-National Formulary
- Exemplary formulations for parenteral administration include solutions of the compound prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, e.g., hydroxypropylcellulose.
- Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, DMSO and mixtures thereof with or without alcohol, and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- Conventional procedures and ingredients for the selection and preparation of suitable formulations are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012) and in The United States
- Formulations for parenteral administration may, for example, contain excipients, sterile water, or saline, polyalkylene glycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated napthalenes.
- Biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers may be used to control the release of the compounds.
- Other potentially useful parenteral delivery systems for the compounds described herein include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes.
- Formulations for inhalation may contain excipients, for example, lactose, or may be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or may be oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel.
- the parenteral formulation can be formulated for prompt release or for sustained/extended release of the compound.
- exemplary formulations for parenteral release of the compound include aqueous solutions, powders for reconstitution, cosolvent solutions, oil/water emulsions, suspensions, oil-based solutions, liposomes, microspheres, and polymeric gels. Examples
- Target 8 (Compound 2) (113mg, 271 umol, 21.3% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.
- LC/MS: (M + H + ) 416.2.
- HPLC: RT 2.226.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides novel peripherally-restricted benzodiazepines with reduced blood brain barrier permeability and methods of use thereof for reducing tactile dysfunction, social impairment, and anxiety in a subject diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Rett syndrome, Phelan McDermid syndrome, or Fragile X syndrome.
Description
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING TACTILE DYSFUNCTION, ANXIETY, AND
SOCIAL IMPAIRMENT Statement as to Federally Sponsored Research
This invention was made with government support under Grant Nos. K99NS101057 and NS97344 from the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention. Background of the Invention
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a highly prevalent class of neurodevelopmental disorders characterized by impairments in social communication and interactions, as well as restricted and repetitive behaviors. Rates of ASD diagnoses are increasing, and the CDC identifies one in every 59 children in the United States as having ASD. In the United States alone, it is estimated that the ASD- related healthcare costs exceed 230 billion dollars per year, or 1.4 million per individual with ASD over their lifetime. A majority of ASD patients (60.9%) report altered tactile sensitivity in both glabrous (smooth) and hairy skin, and altered sensitivity to vibration and thermal pain. As with idiopathic or non-syndromic ASD, pervasive developmental disorders that cause syndromic forms of ASD are also associated with disrupted somatosensation. For example, abnormalities in tactile perception are observed in patients with Phelan McDermid Syndrome (PMS) and Fragile X syndrome, which are both highly associated with ASD and are caused by mutations in Shank3 and Fmr1, respectively Similarly, tactile hypersensitivity is common in patients with Rett syndrome (RTT), which is caused by mutations in the X-linked methyl-CpG-binding protein 2 (Mecp2) gene. There is an inverse correlation between the presence of ASD traits in human subjects and their neural responses to C-low-threshold mechanoreceptor (LTMR)-targeted affective touch. Currently, there are no FDA-approved treatments for ASD. Thus, a critical need exists for novel therapeutic approaches to treat ASD and related disorders such as Rett syndrome, Phelan McDermid Syndrome, and Fragile X syndrome. Summary of the Invention
In one aspect, this disclosure provides compounds having the structure of Formula (I):
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
RA is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1, wherein RD1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl,
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
RB is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
each instance of RC and RD is, independently, RE, hydrogen, halogen, nitro, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1a, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1a, wherein RD1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
X is O, NRF, or CHRF;
p is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
RE is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system, provided that the compound of Formula (I) comprises at least one RE; and
RF is a nitrogen radical that combines with RB to form a fused 5-membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
Formula (I) comprises at least one (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) instance of RE. In a particular embodiment, Formula (I) comprises one instance of RE. In certain embodiments, RE is optionally substituted C1-50 heteroaliphatic,–ORE1,–N(RE1)2,–NO2,–CN,–SRE1,–CH2ORE1,– CH2N(RE1)2,– CH2SRE1,–NRE1C(=O)RE1,–C(=O)N(RE1)2,–SC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)SRE1,–OC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)ORE1,– NREC(=S)RE1,–C(=S)NRE1, trans–CRE1=CRE1, cis–CRE1=CRE1,–CºC–RE1,–S(=O)RE1,–S(=O)ORE1, –OS(=O)RE1,–S(=O)N(RE1)2,–NRE1S(=O)RE1,–S(=O)2RE1,–S(=O)2ORE1,–OS(=O)2RE1,–
S(=O)2N(RE1)2RE1, or is of the formula:
; wherein
RE1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (II):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (III):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of Formulae (I) or (II) has a structure selected from:
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIa):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIb):
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIc):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, the compounds of formula (III) have the structure of Formula (IIId):
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In some embodiments, the compounds have the structure of:
, or
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of reducing tactile dysfunction in a human subject diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Rett Syndrome (RTT), Phelan McDermid syndrome (PMS), or Fragile X Syndrome, by administering to the subject a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the tactile dysfunction.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of reducing anxiety or social impairment in a human subject diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X Syndrome by administering to the subject a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt as described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), or (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the anxiety or social impairment. Definitions
As used herein, the terms“Autism Spectrum Disorder” or“ASD” refer to a heterogeneous group of neurodevelopmental disorders as classified in the fifth revision of the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5th edition (DSM-5). The DSM-5 redefined the autism spectrum to encompass the prior (DSM-IV-TR) diagnosis of autism, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified, childhood disintegrative disorder, and Rett syndrome. The autism spectrum disorders are characterized by social deficits and communication difficulties, stereotyped or repetitive behaviors and interests, and in some cases, cognitive delays. For example, an ASD is defined in the DSM-5 as exhibiting (i) deficits in social communication and interaction not caused by general developmental delays (must exhibit three criteria including deficits in social-emotional reciprocity, deficits in nonverbal communication, and deficits in creating and maintaining relationships appropriate to developmental level), (ii)
demonstration of restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interest or activities (must exhibit two of the following four criteria: repetitive speech, repetitive motor movements or repetitive use of objects, adherence to routines, ritualized patterns of verbal or nonverbal, or strong resistance to change, fixated interests that are abnormally intense of focus, and over or under reactivity to sensory input or abnormal interest in sensory aspects of environment), (iii) symptoms must be present in early childhood, and (iv) symptoms collectively limit and hinder everyday functioning. The term“ASD” is also contemplated herein to include Dravet’s syndrome and autistic-like behavior in non-human animals.
As used herein, the terms“Rett syndrome” or“RTT” refer to an X-linked disorder that affects approximately one in ten-thousand girls. Patients go through four stages: Stage I) Following a period of apparently normal development from birth, the child begins to display social and communication deficits, similar to those seen in other autism spectrum disorders, between six and eighteen months of age. The child shows delays in their developmental milestones, particularly for motor ability, such as sitting and crawling. Stage II) Beginning between one and four years of age, the child goes through a period of regression in which they lose speech and motor abilities, developing stereotypical midline
hand movements and gait impairments. Breathing irregularities, including apnea and hyperventilation also develop during this stage. Autistic symptoms are still prevalent at this stage. Stage III) Between age two and ten, the period of regression ends and symptoms plateau. Social and communication skills may show small improvements during this plateau period, which may last for most of the patients' lives. Stage IV) Motor ability and muscle deterioration continues. Many girls develop severe scoliosis and lose the ability to walk.
As used herein, the terms“Phelan McDermid syndrome” or“PMS” refer to rare genetic condition caused by a deletion or other structural change of the terminal end of chromosome 22 in the 22q13 region or a disease-causing mutation of the Shank3 gene. Although the range and severity of symptoms may vary, PMS is generally thought to be characterized by neonatal hypotonia (low muscle tone in the newborn), normal growth, absent to severely delayed speech, moderate to profound developmental delay, and minor dysmorphic provides. People who have PMS often show symptoms in very early childhood, sometimes at birth and within the first six months of life.
As used herein, the term“Fragile X syndrome” refers to an X chromosome-linked condition that is characterized by a visible constriction near the end of the X chromosome, at locus q27.3 that causes intellectual disability, behavioral and learning challenges and various physical characteristics Fragile X syndrome is the most common inherited form of mental retardation and developmental disability. Males with Fragile X syndrome usually have mental retardation and often exhibit characteristic physical provides and behavior. Fragile X syndrome is characterized by behavior similar to autism and attention deficit disorder, obsessive-compulsive tendencies, hyperactivity, slow development of motor skills and anxiety fear disorder. When these disabilities are severe and occur simultaneously, the condition is sometimes described as autism, and may be associated with any degree of intelligence. Other characteristics are a likable, happy, friendly personality with a limited number of autistic-like provides such as hand-flapping, finding direct eye contact unpleasant, and some speech and language problems. Physical provides may include large ears, long face, soft skin and large testicles (called“macroorchidism”) in post-pubertal males. Connective tissue problems may include ear infections, flat feet, high arched palate, double-jointed fingers and hyper-flexible joints.
As used herein, the term“tactile dysfunction” refers to exhibiting symptoms such as withdrawing when being touched, refusing to eat certain“textured” foods and/or to wear certain types of clothing, complaining about having hair or face washed, avoiding getting hands dirty (e.g., glue, sand, mud, finger-paint), and using finger tips rather than whole hands to manipulate objects. Tactile dysfunction may lead to a misperception of touch and/or pain (hyper- or hyposensitive) and may lead to self-imposed isolation, general irritability, distractibility, and hyperactivity.
As used herein, the term“anxiety” refers to emotions characterized by feelings of tension, worried thoughts and physical changes like increased blood pressure. Anxiety can be characterized by having recurring intrusive thoughts or concerns, avoiding certain situations (e.g., social situations) out of worry, and physical symptoms such as sweating, trembling, dizziness, or a rapid heartbeat.
As used herein, the term“social impairment” refers to a distinct dissociation from and lack of involvement in relations with other people. It can occur with various mental and developmental disorders, such as autism. Social impairment may occur when an individual acts in a less positive
way or performs worse when they are around others as compared to when alone. Nonverbal behaviors associated with social impairment can include deficits in eye contact, facial expression, and gestures that are used to help regulate social interaction. Often there is a failure to develop age- appropriate friendships. Social impairment can also include a lack of spontaneous seeking to share achievements or interests with other individuals. A person with social impairment may exhibit a deficit in social reciprocity with individuals, decreased awareness of others, lack of empathy, and lack of awareness of the needs of others.
As used herein, the terms“blood brain barrier” and“BBB” refer to a transvascular permeability barrier that tightly controls entry of substances into the brain. The capillaries that perfuse the brain are lined with special endothelial cells that lack fenestrations and are sealed by endothelial tight junctions. The tight endothelium provides a physical barrier that together with metabolic barriers forms the basis of the BBB.
As used herein, the term“reduced permeability” refers to peripherally acting compositions of the compounds described herein that have decreased (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) ability to cross the blood brain barrier.
As used herein, A“permeability reducing group” is any substituent added to a compound to reduce (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) the ability of a compound to cross the blood brain barrier (e.g. by passive diffusion or active transport), as compared to the compound lacking the permeability reducing group.
As used herein, the term“reducing” refers to decreasing (e.g., by 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, or about 100%) the side effects or symptoms (e.g., tactile sensitivity, social impairment, or anxiety) of patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome.
As used herein, the terms“treatment” or“treating” refer to reducing, decreasing, decreasing the risk of progression, or decreasing the side effects of (e.g., by 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, or about 100%) a particular disease or condition (e.g., tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment, e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome). Reducing, decreasing, decreasing the risk of progression, or decreasing the side effects of are relative to a subject who did not receive treatment, e.g., a control, a baseline, or a known control level or measurement.
As used herein, the terms“effective amount” or“therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to produce a desired result, for example, reducing (e.g., by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%) tactile dysfunction, social impairment, or anxiety in a subject upon administration of a composition containing a compound described herein. The increase or reduction related to administration of an effective amount of a compound may be calculated relative to levels or symptoms, as applicable, in a subject that has not been administered a compound of the invention or relative to the subject prior to administration of a compound of the invention. The increase or reduction may also be calculated relative to a control or baseline average.
As used herein, the term“subject,” refers to any animal (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human). A subject to be treated according to the methods described herein may be one who has been diagnosed with a developmental disorder (e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome) as having such a condition or one at risk of developing the condition. Diagnosis may be performed by any method or technique known in the art. One skilled in the art will understand that a subject to be treated according to the present invention may have been subjected to standard tests or may have been identified, without examination, as one at high risk due to the presence of one or more risk factors.
As used herein, the term“pharmaceutical composition,” refers to a composition containing a compound described herein formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and manufactured or sold with the approval of a governmental regulatory agency as part of a therapeutic regimen for the treatment of disease in a mammal. Pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated, for example, for oral administration in unit dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup); for topical administration (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment); for intravenous administration (e.g., as a sterile solution free of particulate emboli and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use); for intrathecal administration (e.g., as a sterile preservative-free composition in a solvent system suitable for intrathecal use); or in any other formulation described herein.
As used herein, the terms“pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” or“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” refer to any ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition other than compounds described herein (e.g., a vehicle capable of suspending or dissolving the active agent) and having the properties of being nontoxic and non-inflammatory in a patient. Excipients may include, for example: antiadherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspensing or dispersing agents, sweeteners, or waters of hydration. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C, and xylitol.
As used herein, the term“pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are described in: Berge et al., J. Pharmaceutical Sciences 66:1-19, 1977 and in Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (Eds. P.H. Stahl and C.G. Wermuth), Wiley-VCH, 2008. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final
isolation and purification of the compounds described herein by reacting the free base group with a suitable organic acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like.
The term "LogP" is the partition coefficient reflecting the relative solubility of a drug in octanol versus water. The higher the value, the lower the water solubility. Generally a reduction in the LogP is associated with reduced permeability across the blood brain barrier. LogP can be predicted from the structure of a compound described herein using standard physiochemical prediction software.
The term "polar surface area (PSA)" refers to the polar surface area of a molecule and is a reflection of the polarity of the molecule. Generally, higher PSA is associated with reduced permeability across the blood brain barrier. PSA can be predicted from the structure of a compound described herein using standard physiochemical prediction software.
The term "freely rotatable bonds (FRBs)" refer to the number of freely rotatable bonds a compound has. A greater number of freely rotatable bonds generally correlates with lower blood brain permeability. FRBs can be determined from the structure of a compound described herein using standard physiochemical prediction software.
The term“acyl,” as used herein, represents a hydrogen or an alkyl group, as defined herein that is attached to a parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as defined herein, and is exemplified by formyl (i.e., a carboxyaldehyde group), acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, propionyl, and butanoyl. Exemplary unsubstituted acyl groups include from 1 to 6, from 1 to 11, or from 1 to 21 carbons.
The term“alkyl,” as used herein, refers to a branched or straight-chain monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 1 to 16 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms). An alkylene is a divalent alkyl group.
The term“heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the constituent carbon atoms have been replaced by nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the heteroalkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for alkyl groups. Examples of heteroalkyl groups are an“alkoxy” which, as used herein, refers to alkyl-O- (e.g., methoxy and ethoxy). A heteroalkylene is a divalent heteroalkyl group. Heteroalkyl groups also include alkylamino groups.
The term“alkylamino,” as used herein, refers to a heteroalkyl group, as defined herein, in which one or more of the constituent carbon atoms have been replaced by nitrogen. In some
embodiments, the heteroalkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for alkyl groups. Examples of alkylamino groups are methylamino and ethylamino.
The term“amino,” as used herein, represents–N(RN1)2, wherein each RN1 is, independently, H, OH, NO2, N(RN2)2, SO2ORN2, SO2RN2, SORN2, an N-protecting group, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, acyl (e.g., acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, or others described herein), wherein each of these recited RN1 groups can be optionally substituted; or two RN1 combine to form an alkylene or heteroalkylene, and wherein each RN2 is, independently, H, alkyl, or aryl. The amino groups of the invention can be an unsubstituted amino (i.e.,–NH2) or a substituted amino (i.e.,–N(RN1)2).
The term“aryl,” as used herein, represents a mono-, bicyclic, or multicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings and is exemplified by phenyl, naphthyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like, and may be optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) C1-C7 acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C1-C20 alkyl (e.g., C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy-C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkylsulfinyl-C1-C6 alkyl, amino-C1-C6 alkyl, azido-C1-C6 alkyl,
(carboxyaldehyde)-C1-C6 alkyl, halo-C1-C6 alkyl (e.g., perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted hydroxyl-C1-C6 alkyl, nitro-C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 thioalkoxy-C1-C6 alkyl); (3) C1-C20 alkoxy (e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy, such as perfluoroalkoxy); (4) C1-C6 alkylsulfinyl; (5) C6-C10 aryl; (6) amino; (7) C1-C6 alk- C6-C10 aryl; (8) azido; (9) C3-8 cycloalkyl; (10) C1-C6 alk-C3-8 cycloalkyl; (11) halo; (12) C1-C12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C1-C12 heteroaryl); (13) (C1-C12 heterocyclyl)oxy; (14) optionally substituted hydroxyl; (15) nitro; (16) C1-C20 thioalkoxy (e.g., C1-C6 thioalkoxy); (17) -(CH2)qCO2RA’, where q is an integer from zero to four, and RA’ is selected from the group consisting of (a) C1-C6 alkyl, (b) C6-C10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (18) -(CH2)qCONRB’RC’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where RB’ and RC’ are independently selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-C6 alkyl, (c) C6-C10 aryl, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (19) -(CH2)qSO2RD’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where RD’ is selected from the group consisting of (a) alkyl, (b) C6-C10 aryl, and (c) alk-C6-C10 aryl; (20) -(CH2)qSO2NRE’RF’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where each of RE’ and RF’ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-C6 alkyl, (c) C6-C10 aryl, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (21) optionally substituted thiol; (22) C6-C10 aryloxy; (23) C3-8 cycloalkoxy; (24) C6-C10 aryl-C1-C6 alkoxy; (25) C1-C6 alk-C1-C12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C1-C6 alk-C1-C12 heteroaryl); (26) C2-C20 alkenyl; (27) C2-C20 alkynyl; and (28) nitrile groups (e.g., cyano). In some embodiments, each of these groups can be further substituted as described herein. For example, the alkylene group of a C1-alkaryl or a C1-alkheterocyclyl can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
The term“cycloalkyl,” as used herein, represents a monovalent saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group from three to eight carbons, unless otherwise specified, and is exemplified by cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, bicycle heptyl, and the like. When the cycloalkyl group includes one carbon-carbon double bond, the cycloalkyl group can be referred to as a“cycloalkenyl” group. Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like. The cycloalkyl groups of this invention can be optionally substituted with: (1) C1-C7 acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C1-C20 alkyl (e.g., C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy-C1-C6 alkyl,
C1-C6 alkylsulfinyl-C1-C6 alkyl, amino-C1-C6 alkyl, azido-C1-C6 alkyl, (carboxyaldehyde)-C1-C6 alkyl, halo-C1-C6 alkyl (e.g., perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted hydroxyl-C1-C6 alkyl, nitro-C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 thioalkoxy-C1-C6 alkyl); (3) C1-C20 alkoxy (e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy, such as perfluoroalkoxy); (4) C1-C6 alkylsulfinyl; (5) C6-C10 aryl; (6) amino; (7) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (8) azido; (9) C3-8 cycloalkyl; (10) C1-C6 alk-C3-8 cycloalkyl; (11) halo; (12) C1-C12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C1-C12 heteroaryl); (13) (C1-C12 heterocyclyl)oxy; (14) optionally substituted hydroxyl; (15) nitro; (16) C1-C20 thioalkoxy (e.g., C1-C6 thioalkoxy); (17) -(CH2)qCO2RA’, where q is an integer from zero to four, and RA’ is selected from the group consisting of (a) C1-C6 alkyl, (b) C6-C10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl;
(18) -(CH2)qCONRB’RC’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where RB’ and RC’ are
independently selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C6-C10 alkyl, (c) C6-C10 aryl, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (19) -(CH2)qSO2RD’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where RD’ is selected from the group consisting of (a) C6-C10 alkyl, (b) C6-C10 aryl, and (c) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (20) -(CH2)qSO2NRE’RF’, where q is an integer from zero to four and where each of RE’ and RF’ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C6-C10 alkyl, (c) C6-C10 aryl, and (d) C1-C6 alk-C6-C10 aryl; (21) optionally substituted thiol; (22) C6-C10 aryloxy; (23) C3-8 cycloalkoxy; (24) C6-C10 aryl-C1-C6 alkoxy; (25) C1-C6 alkl-C1-C12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C1-C6 alk-C1-C12 heteroaryl); (26) oxo; (27) C2-C20 alkenyl; and (28) C2-C20 alkynyl. In some embodiments, each of these groups can be further substituted as described herein. For example, the alkylene group of a C1-alkaryl or a C1-alkheterocyclyl can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
The term“halogen,” as used herein, refers to bromine, chlorine, iodine, or fluorine.
The term“N-protecting group,” as used herein, represents those groups intended to protect an amino group against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Commonly used N- protecting groups are disclosed in Greene,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999). N-protecting groups include acyl, aryloyl, or carbamyl groups such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, a-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4- bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, and chiral auxiliaries such as protected or unprotected D, L or D, L- amino acids such as alanine, leucine, and phenylalanine; sulfonyl-containing groups such as benzenesulfonyl, and
p-toluenesulfonyl; carbamate forming groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl,
p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitro-4,5- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 1-(p-biphenylyl)-1- methylethoxycarbonyl, a,a-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, benzhydryloxy carbonyl, t- butyloxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
methoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl, fluorenyl-9-methoxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl,
cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, and phenylthiocarbonyl, arylalkyl groups such as benzyl, triphenylmethyl, and
benzyloxymethyl, and silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl. Preferred N-protecting groups are alloc, formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, alanyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz).
The term“O-protecting group,” as used herein, represents those groups intended to protect an oxygen containing (e.g., phenol, optionally substituted hydroxyl, or carbonyl) group against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Commonly used O-protecting groups are disclosed in Greene,“Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999), which is incorporated herein by reference. Exemplary O-protecting groups include acyl, aryloyl, or carbamyl groups, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, a-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, tri-iso-propylsilyloxymethyl, 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl, isobutyryl, phenoxyacetyl, 4-isopropylpehenoxyacetyl, dimethylformamidino, and 4-nitrobenzoyl; alkylcarbonyl groups, such as acyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, and the like; optionally substituted arylcarbonyl groups, such as benzoyl; silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), tri-iso-propylsilyloxymethyl (TOM), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), and the like; ether-forming groups with the optionally substituted hydroxyl, such methyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, trityl, and the like; alkoxycarbonyls, such as methoxycarbonyl,
ethoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, sec-butyloxycarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, methyloxycarbonyl, and the like; alkoxyalkoxycarbonyl groups, such as methoxymethoxycarbonyl, ethoxymethoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyethoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, propargyloxycarbonyl, 2-butenoxycarbonyl, 3-methyl-2-butenoxycarbonyl, and the like; haloalkoxycarbonyls, such as 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, and the like; optionally substituted
arylalkoxycarbonyl groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl,
p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dinitrobenzyloxycarbonyl,
3,5-dimethylbenzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxy-carbonyl,
fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, and the like; and optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl groups, such as phenoxycarbonyl, p-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, o-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, 2,4-dinitrophenoxycarbonyl, p-methyl-phenoxycarbonyl, m-methylphenoxycarbonyl, o-bromophenoxycarbonyl,
3,5-dimethylphenoxycarbonyl, p-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, 2-chloro-4-nitrophenoxy-carbonyl, and the like); substituted alkyl, aryl, and alkaryl ethers (e.g., trityl; methylthiomethyl; methoxymethyl;
benzyloxymethyl; siloxymethyl; 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxymethyl; tetrahydropyranyl; tetrahydrofuranyl; ethoxyethyl; 1-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]ethyl; 2-trimethylsilylethyl; t-butyl ether; p-chlorophenyl, p-methoxyphenyl, p-nitrophenyl, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, and nitrobenzyl); silyl ethers (e.g., trimethylsilyl; triethylsilyl; triisopropylsilyl; dimethylisopropylsilyl; t-butyldimethylsilyl;
t-butyldiphenylsilyl; tribenzylsilyl; triphenylsilyl; and diphenymethylsilyl); carbonates (e.g., methyl, methoxymethyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl; ethyl; 2,2,2-trichloroethyl; 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl; vinyl, allyl, nitrophenyl; benzyl; methoxybenzyl; 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl; and nitrobenzyl); carbonyl-protecting groups (e.g., acetal and ketal groups, such as dimethyl acetal, 1,3-dioxolane, and the like; acylal
groups; and dithiane groups, such as 1,3-dithianes, 1,3-dioptionally substituted thiolane, and the like); carboxylic acid-protecting groups (e.g., ester groups, such as methyl ester, benzyl ester, t-butyl ester, orthoesters, and the like; and oxazoline groups.
The term“urea,” as used herein, refers to a carbamide with two–NR1R2 groups joined by a carbonyl. R1 and R2 can be optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, hydrogen, or deuterium.
The term“carbamate,” as used herein, refers to a chemical group of R1-O-CO-NR2R3 wherein R1, R2, and R3 can be any chemical group, such as optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl.
The term“sulfonamide,” as used herein, refers to a chemical group of -S(=O)2-NH2.
The alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl (e.g., cycloalkyl), aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, there will generally be 1 to 4 substituents present, unless otherwise specified.
Substituents include, for example: aryl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted phenyl), carbocyclyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl), halogen (e.g., fluoro), hydroxyl, heteroalkyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted methoxy, ethoxy, or thioalkoxy), heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino (e.g., NH2 or mono- or dialkyl amino), azido, cyano, nitro, or thiol. Aryl, carbocyclyl (e.g., cycloalkyl), heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups may also be substituted with alkyl (unsubstituted and substituted such as arylalkyl (e.g., substituted and unsubstituted benzyl)).
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that certain compounds described herein can exist in one or more different isomeric (e.g., stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers) and/or isotopic (e.g., in which one or more atoms has been substituted with a different isotope of the atom, such as hydrogen substituted for deuterium) forms. Unless otherwise indicated or clear from context, a depicted structure can be understood to represent any such isomeric or isotopic form, individually or in combination.
Compounds of the invention can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and can exist in the form of optically pure enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers such as, for example, racemates, optically pure diastereoisomers, mixtures of diastereoisomers, diastereoisomeric racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomeric racemates. The optically active forms can be obtained for example by resolution of the racemates, by asymmetric synthesis or asymmetric chromatography
(chromatography with a chiral adsorbents or eluant). That is, certain of the disclosed compounds may exist in various stereoisomeric forms. Stereoisomers are compounds that differ only in their spatial arrangement. Enantiomers are pairs of stereoisomers whose mirror images are not superimposable, most commonly because they contain an asymmetrically substituted carbon atom that acts as a chiral center.“Enantiomer” means one of a pair of molecules that are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable. Diastereomers are stereoisomers that are not related as mirror images, most commonly because they contain two or more asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms and represent the configuration of substituents around one or more chiral carbon atoms. Enantiomers of a compound can be prepared, for example, by separating an enantiomer from a racemate using one or more well-known techniques and methods, such as, for example, chiral chromatography and separation methods based thereon. The appropriate technique and/or method for separating an enantiomer of a compound described herein from a racemic mixture can be readily determined by
those of skill in the art.“Racemate” or“racemic mixture” means a compound containing two enantiomers, wherein such mixtures exhibit no optical activity; i.e., they do not rotate the plane of polarized light.“Geometric isomer” means isomers that differ in the orientation of substituent atoms in relationship to a carbon-carbon double bond, to a cycloalkyl ring, or to a bridged bicyclic system. Atoms (other than H) on each side of a carbon- carbon double bond may be in an E (substituents are on opposite sides of the carbon- carbon double bond) or Z (substituents are oriented on the same side) configuration.“R,”“S,”“S*,”“R*,”“E,”“Z,”“cis,” and“trans,” indicate configurations relative to the core molecule. Certain of the disclosed compounds may exist in atropisomeric forms.
Atropisomers are stereoisomers resulting from hindered rotation about single bonds where the steric strain barrier to rotation is high enough to allow for the isolation of the conformers. The compounds of the invention may be prepared as individual isomers by either isomer-specific synthesis or resolved from an isomeric mixture. Conventional resolution techniques include forming the salt of a free base of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active acid (followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base), forming the salt of the acid form of each isomer of an isomeric pair using an optically active amine (followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free acid), forming an ester or amide of each of the isomers of an isomeric pair using an optically pure acid, amine or alcohol (followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary), or resolving an isomeric mixture of either a starting material or a final product using various well known chromatographic methods. When the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9%) by weight relative to the other stereoisomers. When a single enantiomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight optically pure. When a single diastereomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named diastereomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight pure. Percent optical purity is the ratio of the weight of the enantiomer or over the weight of the enantiomer plus the weight of its optical isomer. Diastereomeric purity by weight is the ratio of the weight of one diastereomer or over the weight of all the diastereomers. When the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure relative to the other stereoisomers. When a single enantiomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure. When a single diastereomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named diastereomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by mole fraction pure. Percent purity by mole fraction is the ratio of the moles of the enantiomer or over the moles of the enantiomer plus the moles of its optical isomer. Similarly, percent purity by moles fraction is the ratio of the moles of the diastereomer or over the moles of the diastereomer plus the moles of its isomer. When a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure without indicating the stereochemistry, and the compound has at least one chiral center, it is to be understood that the name or structure encompasses either enantiomer of the compound free from the corresponding optical isomer, a racemic mixture of the compound or mixtures enriched in one enantiomer relative to its corresponding optical isomer. When a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure
without indicating the stereochemistry and has two or more chiral centers, it is to be understood that the name or structure encompasses a diastereomer free of other diastereomers, a number of diastereomers free from other diastereomeric pairs, mixtures of diastereomers, mixtures of diastereomeric pairs, mixtures of diastereomers in which one diastereomer is enriched relative to the other diastereomer(s) or mixtures of diastereomers in which one or more diastereomer is enriched relative to the other diastereomers. The invention embraces all of these forms.
In some embodiments, one or more compounds depicted herein may exist in different tautomeric forms. As will be clear from context, unless explicitly excluded, references to such compounds encompass all such tautomeric forms. In some embodiments, tautomeric forms result from the swapping of a single bond with an adjacent double bond and the concomitant migration of a proton. In certain embodiments, a tautomeric form may be a prototropic tautomer, which is an isomeric protonation states having the same empirical formula and total charge as a reference form. Examples of moieties with prototropic tautomeric forms are ketone - enol pairs, amide - imidic acid pairs, lactam - lactim pairs, amide - imidic acid pairs, enamine - imine pairs, and annular forms where a proton can occupy two or more positions of a heterocyclic system, such as, 1H- and 3H-imidazole, 1H-, 2H- and 4H- 1,2,4-triazole, 1H- and 2H- isoindole, and 1H- and 2H-pyrazole. In some embodiments, tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, in some embodiments, isotopes of compounds described herein may be prepared and/or utilized in accordance with the present invention.
“Isotopes” refers to atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers resulting from a different number of neutrons in the nuclei. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium. In some embodiments, an isotopic substitution (e.g., substitution of hydrogen with deuterium) may alter the physicochemical properties of the molecules, such as metabolism and/or the rate of racemization of a chiral center.
As is known in the art, many chemical entities (in particular many organic molecules and/or many small molecules) can adopt a variety of different solid forms such as, for example, amorphous forms and/or crystalline forms (e.g., polymorphs, hydrates, solvates, etc.). In some embodiments, such entities may be utilized in any form, including in any solid form. In some embodiments, such entities are utilized in a particular form, for example in a particular solid form.
In some embodiments, compounds described and/or depicted herein may be provided and/or utilized in salt form.
In certain embodiments, compounds described and/or depicted herein may be provided and/or utilized in hydrate or solvate form.
At various places in the present specification, substituents of compounds of the present disclosure are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the present disclosure include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges. For example, the term“C1-C6 alkyl” is specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, and C6 alkyl. Furthermore, where a compound includes a plurality of positions at which substitutes are disclosed in groups or in ranges, unless otherwise indicated, the present
disclosure is intended to cover individual compounds and groups of compounds (e.g., genera and subgenera) containing each and every individual subcombination of members at each position.
Herein a phrase of the form“optionally substituted X” (e.g., optionally substituted alkyl) is intended to be equivalent to“X, wherein X is optionally substituted” (e.g.,“alkyl, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted”). It is not intended to mean that the feature“X” (e.g. alkyl) per se is optional. As used herein, the term“optionally substituted X” (e.g., optionally substituted alkyl) means that X can be substituted with any substituent, e.g., any of the substituents described herein.
“Optionally substituted” refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g., “substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkenyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” carbocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heterocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroaryl group). In general, the term“substituted” means that at least one hydrogen present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not
spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a“substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. The term“substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. The present invention contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound. For purposes of this invention, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety. The invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the exemplary substituents described herein.
Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3, –SO2H,–SO3H,–OH,–ORaa,–ON(Rbb)2,–N(Rbb)2,–N(Rbb)3 +X–,–N(ORcc)Rbb,–SH,–SRaa,–SSRcc,– C(=O)Raa,–CO2H,–CHO,–C(ORcc)2,–CO2Raa,–OC(=O)Raa,–OCO2Raa,–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,–
OC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=O)Raa,–NRbbCO2Raa,–NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRbb)ORaa, –OC(=NRbb)Raa,–OC(=NRbb)ORaa,–C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,– C(=O)NRbbSO2Raa,–NRbbSO2Raa,–SO2N(Rbb)2,–SO2Raa,–SO2ORaa,–OSO2Raa,–S(=O)Raa,– OS(=O)Raa,–Si(Raa)3,–OSi(Raa)3–C(=S)N(Rbb)2,–C(=O)SRaa,–C(=S)SRaa,–SC(=S)SRaa,–
SC(=O)SRaa,–OC(=O)SRaa,–SC(=O)ORaa,–SC(=O)Raa,–P(=O)2Raa,–OP(=O)2Raa,–P(=O)(Raa)2,– OP(=O)(Raa)2,–OP(=O)(ORcc)2,–P(=O)2N(Rbb)2,–OP(=O)2N(Rbb)2,–P(=O)(NRbb)2,–OP(=O)(NRbb)2,– NRbbP(=O)(ORcc)2,–NRbbP(=O)(NRbb)2,–P(Rcc)2,–P(Rcc)3,–OP(Rcc)2,–OP(Rcc)3,–B(Raa)2,–B(ORcc)2, –BRaa(ORcc), C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =O, =S, =NN(Rbb)2, =NNRbbC(=O)Raa, =NNRbbC(=O)ORaa, =NNRbbS(=O)2Raa, =NRbb, or =NORcc;
each instance of Raa is, independently, selected from C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10alkenyl, heteroC2–10alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Raa groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rbb is, independently, selected from hydrogen,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rcc)2,–CN, –C(=O)Raa,–C(=O)N(Rcc)2,–CO2Raa,–SO2Raa,–C(=NRcc)ORaa,–C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2,–SO2N(Rcc)2,– SO2Rcc,–SO2ORcc,–SORaa,–C(=S)N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)SRcc,–C(=S)SRcc,–P(=O)2Raa,–P(=O)(Raa)2,– P(=O)2N(Rcc)2,–P(=O)(NRcc)2, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1– 10alkyl, heteroC2–10alkenyl, heteroC2–10alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rcc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rdd is, independently, selected from halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3,–SO2H,– SO3H,–OH,–ORee,–ON(Rff)2,–N(Rff)2,–N(Rff)3 +X–,–N(ORee)Rff,–SH,–SRee,–SSRee,–C(=O)Ree,– CO2H,–CO2Ree,–OC(=O)Ree,–OCO2Ree,–C(=O)N(Rff)2,–OC(=O)N(Rff)2,–NRffC(=O)Ree,–
NRffCO2Ree,–NRffC(=O)N(Rff)2,–C(=NRff)ORee,–OC(=NRff)Ree,–OC(=NRff)ORee,–C(=NRff)N(Rff)2,– OC(=NRff)N(Rff)2,–NRffC(=NRff)N(Rff)2,–NRffSO2Ree,–SO2N(Rff)2,–SO2Ree,–SO2ORee,–OSO2Ree,– S(=O)Ree,–Si(Ree)3,–OSi(Ree)3,–C(=S)N(Rff)2,–C(=O)SRee,–C(=S)SRee,–SC(=S)SRee,–P(=O)2Ree, –P(=O)(Ree)2,–OP(=O)(Ree)2,–OP(=O)(ORee)2, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6alkyl, heteroC2–6alkenyl, heteroC2–6alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, C6–10 aryl, 5–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geminal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =O or =S;
each instance of Ree is, independently, selected from C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6 alkyl, heteroC2–6alkenyl, heteroC2–6 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, C1–6 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups;
each instance of Rff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6alkyl, heteroC2–6alkenyl, heteroC2–6alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3– 10 membered heterocyclyl, C6–10 aryl and 5–10 membered heteroaryl, or two Rff groups are joined to form a 3–10 membered heterocyclyl or 5–10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; and
each instance of Rgg is, independently, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3,–SO2H,–SO3H,–OH,– OC1–6 alkyl,–ON(C1–6 alkyl)2,–N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–N(C1–6 alkyl)3 +X–,–NH(C1–6 alkyl)2 +X–,–NH2(C1–6 alkyl) +X–,–NH3+X–,–N(OC1–6 alkyl)(C1–6 alkyl),–N(OH)(C1–6 alkyl),–NH(OH),–SH,–SC1–6 alkyl,–SS(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=O)(C1–6 alkyl),–CO2H,–CO2(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=O)(C1–6 alkyl),–OCO2(C1–6 alkyl),– C(=O)NH2,–C(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–OC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)( C1–6 alkyl),–N(C1–6 alkyl)C(=O)( C1–6 alkyl),–NHCO2(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–NHC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)NH2,– C(=NH)O(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=NH)(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=NH)OC1–6 alkyl,–C(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–
C(=NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=NH)NH2,–OC(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–OC(NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(NH)NH2, –NHC(NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–NHC(=NH)NH2,–NHSO2(C1–6 alkyl),–SO2N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–SO2NH(C1–6 alkyl),–SO2NH2,–SO2C1–6 alkyl,–SO2OC1–6 alkyl,–OSO2C1–6 alkyl,–SOC1–6 alkyl,–Si(C1–6 alkyl)3,– OSi(C1–6 alkyl)3–C(=S)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, C(=S)NH(C1–6 alkyl), C(=S)NH2,–C(=O)S(C1–6 alkyl),–
C(=S)SC1–6 alkyl,–SC(=S)SC1–6 alkyl,–P(=O)2(C1–6 alkyl),–P(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2,–OP(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2, –OP(=O)(OC1–6 alkyl)2, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6alkyl, heteroC2–6alkenyl, heteroC2–6alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, C6–10 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, 5–10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal Rgg substituents can be joined to form =O or =S; wherein X– is a counterion.
In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, -ORaa, -SRaa, -N(Rbb)2,–CN,–SCN,–NO2, -C(=O)Raa, -CO2Raa, -C(=O)N(Rbb)2, -OC(=O)Raa, -OCO2Raa, -OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, -NRbbC(=O)Raa, -NRbbCO2Raa, or -NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2. In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, -ORaa, -SRaa, -N(Rbb)2,–CN,–SCN, or–NO2. Brief Description of the Drawings
FIG.1 is a graph showing percent inhibition of the startle response to a 125 dB noise, when the startle noise is preceded by a light air puff in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment. Two-way ANOVA with post-hoc Sidak’s test, *, p < 0.05. AdvillinCre and Mecp2f/y mice receiving vehicle treatment showed tactile hypersensitivity compared to control littermates. Treatment with midazolam significantly attenuated tactile sensitivity in both Mecp2 mutants and controls, with all mice exhibiting a decreased performance in tactile PPI.
FIG.2 is a graph showing response to a light air puff stimulus alone in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment. Responses are expressed as percent of startle response to a 125 dB noise. Two-way ANOVA with post-hoc Sidak’s test, *, p < 0.05.
FIG.3 is a graph showing magnitude of startle response to a 125 dB noise in mice following i.p. administration of either saline or 2 mg/kg midazolam treatment. Responses are expressed as percent of startle response to a 125 dB noise. Two-way ANOVA with post-hoc Sidak’s test, *, p < 0.05. Although midazolam treatment reduced tactile sensitivity, this treatment also caused significant sedation in all mice, as evidenced by a ~50% reduction in their startle amplitude.
FIG.4 depicts the synthesis of Compound 1.
FIG.5 depicts the syntheses of Compounds 2 and 3.
FIG.6 depicts the synthesis of Compound 4.
FIG.7 depicts the synthesis of Compound 5.
FIG.8 depicts the synthesis of Compound 6. Detailed Description
A range of mouse genetic models of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) combined with behavioral testing, synaptic analyses, and electrophysiology were used to define both the etiology of aberrant tactile sensitivity in ASD and the contribution of somatosensory dysfunction to the expression of ASD-like traits. In general, Mutations in genes associated with both syndromic and non-syndromic forms of ASD cause tactile dysfunction, and the Rett Syndrome (RTT)-, Phelan McDermid syndrome (PMS)-, and ASD-associated genes Mecp2, Shank3, and Gabrb3 function cell autonomously in peripheral somatosensory neurons for normal tactile behaviors. Abnormalities in tactile perception are observed in patients with Phelan McDermid Syndrome (PMS) and Fragile X syndrome, which are both highly associated with ASD and are caused by mutations in Shank3 and Fmr1, respectively Similarly, tactile hypersensitivity is common in patients with Rett syndrome (RTT), which is caused by mutations in the X-linked methyl-CpG-binding protein 2 (Mecp2) gene. Tactile dysfunction associated with Mecp2 and Gabrb3 ASD models is caused by a deficiency of the b3 subunit of the GABAA receptor (GABRB3) and GABAA receptor-mediated presynaptic inhibition (PSI) of somatosensory inputs to the CNS. Shank3 mutant DRG neurons, which are associated with PMS, on the other hand, exhibit hyperexcitability. These somatosensory deficits during development contribute to aberrant social behaviors as well as anxiety-like behaviors in adulthood. Somatosensory neuron dysfunction underlies aberrant tactile perception in ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome and that functional insufficiency of GABAA receptors or hyperactivity of peripheral sensory neurons cause tactile processing deficiency during development, which leads to anxiety-like behavior and social interaction deficits in adult mice. Thus, peripheral sensory neurons represent exciting, untested therapeutic targets for ASD, RTT, PMS, and Fragile X syndrome.
Deficits in peripheral sensory neurons, and not neurons in the brain, account for touch hypersensitivity in mouse models of ASD. Moreover, touch hypersensitivity during development causes anxiety and social interaction deficits in adulthood. GABAA receptor agonists, such as benzodiazepines, which attenuate the activity of peripheral mechanosensory neurons, may be useful for treating tactile hypersensitivity and thus anxiety and social impairments in ASD patients. However, treating young children with benzodiazepines has traditionally been avoided because of undesirable side effects of these drugs in children. Indeed, there is a general reluctance on the part of physicians
to use FDA-approved benzodiazepines because of undesirable side effects, including sedation, and serious complications associated with interference with brain development.
Accordingly, the present invention provides peripherally-restricted benzodiazepines of Formulae (I)-(VII) (i.e., benzodiazepines exhibiting reduced blood brain barrier (BBB) permeability) and methods of use thereof, for reducing tactile dysfunction, social impairment, and/or anxiety in subjects in need thereof (e.g., in subjects diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome). Small Molecule Agents
Gamma-aminobutyrate (GABA) is synthesized primarily by the enzyme glutamate
decarboxylase (GAD), which catalyzes the conversion of the excitatory neurotransmitter glutamate to GABA. GABA mediates a wide range of physiological functions, both in the CNS and in external tissues and organs, via binding to GABA receptor subtypes, GABAA and GABAB. The most abundant subtype of GABAA receptors are ionotropic receptors comprised of multiple subunits that form ligand- gated chloride ion channels. The GABAA receptor subunits have been identified (alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, pi, and theta subunits), and each subunit is encoded by a separate gene. In addition, many subunits have multiple isoforms and/or splice variants, giving rise to a large degree of structural diversity.
Benzodiazepine compounds are positive allosteric modulators (PAMs) of the GABAA receptor, i.e., they increase the activity of the GABAA receptor protein in the vertebrate central nervous system. Upon binding the GABAA receptor, benzodiazepnes trigger the receptor to open its chloride channel to allow chloride ions into the neuron, making the cell hyperpolarized and less likely to fire. GABAA PAMs increase the effect of GABA by making the channel open more frequently or for longer periods. In psychopharmacology, GABAA receptor PAMs used as drugs have mainly sedative and anxiolytic effects because the compounds cross the blood brain barrier and enter the central nervous system.
GABAA PAMs, such as benzodiazepines, can be modified such that they retain GABAA activity but can no longer penetrate the blood brain barrier, or such that they have reduced ability to permeate the blood brain barrier. Such compounds are“peripherally restricted,” i.e., they are restricted to the peripheral nervous system. Critically, the peripherally restricted benzodiazepine compounds disclosed herein maintain functionality as GABAA PAMs. The compounds disclosed herein have structures and physiochemical properties that maintain or improve their therapeutic activity, but limit their exposure to the CNS. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein have physiochemical properties, such as Log P (water- octanol partition coefficient) values, polar surface area (PSA) and/or freely rotatable bonds (FRBs), which limit the ability of the compounds to penetrate the blood brain barrier and enter the CNS.
Peripherally restricted GABAA PAMs, such as peripherally restricted benzodiazepines cannot penetrate the blood brain barrier, or have reduced blood brain barrier permeability, and target GABAA receptors in the peripheral nervous system. Such compounds can be administered to a subject with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome to reduce tactile dysfunction, social impairment, and anxiety, while avoiding unwanted central effects such as sedation.
The present disclosure provides novel, peripherally restricted benzodiazepine GABAA receptor PAMs. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of Formulae (I)- (VII) (e.g., Compounds 1-5) may be administered to a subject to reduce social impairment, anxiety, or tactile dysfunction in patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome. Exemplary compounds that may be used in the compositions and methods described herein are listed in Table 1. Table 1. Compounds
Compounds that may be used in the compositions and methods described herein include any compound having the structure of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
RA is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1, wherein RD1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
RB is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphaticl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
each instance of RC and RD is, independently, RE, hydrogen, halogen, nitro, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally
substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1a, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1a, wherein RD1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
X is O, NRF, or CHRF;
p is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
RE is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system, provided that the compound of Formula (I) comprises at least one RE; and
RF is a nitrogen radical that combines with RB to form a fused 5-membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises the substituent RA. In certain embodiments, RA is replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, RA is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, RA is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, RA is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RA is -ORD1, wherein RD1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom. In certain embodiments, RA is -N(RD1a)2. In certain embodiments, RA is -SRD1.
In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises the substituent RB. In certain embodiments, RB is replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, RB is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, RB is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted methyl. In certain embodiments, RB is unsubstituted methyl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, RB is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RB is a nitrogen protecting group.
In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises the substituents RC and RD. In certain embodiments, RC is replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, RD is replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises the substituent RC, and RD is replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises the substituent RD, and RC is
replaced with the substituent RE. In certain embodiments, RC and RD are the same. In certain embodiments, RC and RD are different.
In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises n instances of RC. In certain embodiments, n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 3. In certain embodiments, n is 4. In certain embodiments, n is 5. In certain embodiments, RC is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RC is halogen. In certain embodiments, RC is nitro. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, RC is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, RC is -ORD1a, wherein RD1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom. In certain embodiments, RC is -N(RD1a)2. In certain embodiments, RC is -SRD1a.
In certain embodiments, Formula (I) comprises p instances of RD. In certain embodiments, p is 1. In certain embodiments, p is 2. In certain embodiments, p is 3. In certain embodiments, p is 4. In certain embodiments, RD is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RD is halogen. In certain
embodiments, RD is nitro. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted acyl. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted aliphatic. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted heteroaliphatic In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, RD is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, RD is -ORD1a, wherein RD1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom. In certain embodiments, RC is -N(RD1a)2. In certain embodiments, RC is -SRD1a.
Formula (I) comprises the substituent X. In certain embodiments, X is O. In certain embodiments, X is NRF, wherein RF is a nitrogen radical that combines with RB to form a fused 5- membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring. In certain embodiments, X is CHRF.
Formula (I) comprises the substituent RE. The subsistent RE is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system. In certain embodiments, RE is optionally substituted C1-50 heteroaliphatic. In certain embodiments, RE is–ORE1, wherein RE1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom. In certain embodiments, RE is–N(RE1)2. In certain embodiments, RE is–NO2. In certain embodiments, RE is–CN. In certain embodiments, RE is– SRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–CH2ORE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–CH2N(RE1)2. In certain embodiments, RE is–CH2SRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–NRE1C(=O)RE1. In certain
embodiments, RE is–C(=O)N(RE1)2. In certain embodiments, RE is–SC(=O)RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–C(=O)SRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–OC(=O)RE1. In certain
embodiments, RE is–C(=O)ORE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–NREC(=S)RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–C(=S)NRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is trans–CRE1=CRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is cis–CRE1=CRE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–CºC–RE1. In certain
embodiments, RE is–S(=O)RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–S(=O)ORE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–OS(=O)RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–S(=O)N(RE1)2. In certain embodiments, RE is– NRE1S(=O)RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–S(=O)2RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–
S(=O)2ORE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–OS(=O)2RE1. In certain embodiments, RE is–
embodiments, RE is of the formula:
. In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
. In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
. In certain embodiments, RE
embodiments, RE is of the formula: . In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
is–ORE1,–N(RE1)2,–CH2N(RE1)2, or–C(=O)N(RE1)2.
In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula: In certain embodiments, RE is
of the formula
. In certain embodiments, RE is of the formula:
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (II):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (III):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, compounds of Formulae (I) and (II) have a structure selected from:
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIa):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIb):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIIc):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, Formula (III) has the structure of Formula (IIId):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (III) has a structure selected from:
The compounds described herein are useful in treating tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment in a subject diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome. Tactile Dysfunction
Tactile dysfunction includes exhibiting symptoms such as withdrawing when being touched, refusing to eat certain“textured” foods and/or to wear certain types of clothing, complaining about having hair or face washed, avoiding getting hands dirty (e.g., glue, sand, mud, finger-paint), and using finger tips rather than whole hands to manipulate objects. Tactile dysfunction may lead to a misperception of touch and/or pain (hyper- or hyposensitive) and may lead to self-imposed isolation, general irritability, distractibility, and hyperactivity. Anxiety
Anxiety includes emotions characterized by feelings of tension, worried thoughts and physical changes like increased blood pressure. Anxiety can be characterized by having recurring intrusive thoughts or concerns, avoiding certain situations (e.g., social situations) out of worry, and physical symptoms such as sweating, trembling, dizziness or a rapid heartbeat. Social Impairment
Social impairment involves a distinct dissociation from and lack of involvement in relations with other people. It can occur with various mental and developmental disorders, such as autism. Social impairment may occur when an individual acts in a less positive way or performs worse when they are around others as compared to when alone. Nonverbal behaviors associated with social impairment can include deficits in eye contact, facial expression, and gestures that are used to help regulate social interaction. Often there is a failure to develop age-appropriate friendships. Social impairment can also include a lack of spontaneous seeking to share achievements or interests with other individuals. A person with social impairment may exhibit a deficit in social reciprocity with individuals, decreased awareness of others, lack of empathy, and lack of awareness of the needs of others.
Autism Spectrum Disorder
ASD is a heterogeneous group of neurodevelopmental disorders as classified in the fifth revision of the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5th edition (DSM-5). The DSM-5 redefined the autism spectrum to encompass the prior (DSM-IV-TR) diagnosis of autism, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified, childhood disintegrative disorder, and Rett syndrome. The autism spectrum disorders are characterized by social deficits and communication difficulties, stereotyped or repetitive behaviors and interests, and in some cases, cognitive delays. For example, an ASD is defined in the DSM-5 as exhibiting (i) deficits in social communication and interaction not caused by general developmental delays (must exhibit three criteria including deficits in social-emotional reciprocity, deficits in nonverbal communication, and deficits in creating and maintaining relationships appropriate to developmental level), (ii) demonstration of restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interest or activities (must exhibit two of the following four criteria: repetitive speech, repetitive motor movements or repetitive use of objects, adherence to routines, ritualized patterns of verbal or nonverbal, or strong resistance to change, fixated interests that are abnormally intense of focus, and over or under reactivity to sensory input or abnormal interest in sensory aspects of environment), (iii) symptoms must be present in early childhood, and (iv) symptoms collectively limit and hinder everyday functioning. ASD is also contemplated herein to include Dravet’s syndrome and autistic-like behavior in non-human animals. Rett Syndrome
Rett syndrome is an X-linked disorder that affects approximately one in ten-thousand girls. Patients go through four stages: Stage I) Following a period of apparently normal development from birth, the child begins to display social and communication deficits, similar to those seen in other autism spectrum disorders, between six and eighteen months of age. The child shows delays in their developmental milestones, particularly for motor ability, such as sitting and crawling. Stage II) Beginning between one and four years of age, the child goes through a period of regression in which they lose speech and motor abilities, developing stereotypical midline hand movements and gait impairments. Breathing irregularities, including apnea and hyperventilation also develop during this stage. Autistic symptoms are still prevalent at this stage. Stage III) Between age two and ten, the period of regression ends and symptoms plateau. Social and communication skills may show small improvements during this plateau period, which may last for most of the patients' lives. Stage IV) Motor ability and muscle deterioration continues. Many girls develop severe scoliosis and lose the ability to walk. Phelan McDermid syndrome
Phelan McDermid syndrome is a rare genetic condition caused by a deletion or other structural change of the terminal end of chromosome 22 in the 22q13 region or a disease-causing mutation of the Shank3 gene. Although the range and severity of symptoms may vary, PMS is
generally thought to be characterized by neonatal hypotonia (low muscle tone in the newborn), normal growth, absent to severely delayed speech, moderate to profound developmental delay, and minor dysmorphic provides. People who have PMS often show symptoms in very early childhood, sometimes at birth and within the first six months of life. Fragile X Syndrome
Fragile X syndrome is an X chromosome-linked condition that is characterized by a visible constriction near the end of the X chromosome, at locus q27.3 that causes intellectual disability, behavioral and learning challenges and various physical characteristics Fragile X syndrome is the most common inherited form of mental retardation and developmental disability. Males with Fragile X syndrome usually have mental retardation and often exhibit characteristic physical provides and behavior. Fragile X syndrome is characterized by behavior similar to autism and attention deficit disorder, obsessive-compulsive tendencies, hyperactivity, slow development of motor skills and anxiety fear disorder. When these disabilities are severe and occur simultaneously, the condition is sometimes described as autism, and may be associated with any degree of intelligence. Other characteristics are a likable, happy, friendly personality with a limited number of autistic-like provides such as hand-flapping, finding direct eye contact unpleasant, and some speech and language problems. Physical provides may include large ears, long face, soft skin and large testicles (called “macroorchidism”) in post-pubertal males. Connective tissue problems may include ear infections, flat feet, high arched palate, double-jointed fingers and hyper-flexible joints. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The compounds described herein (e.g., the compounds of Formulae (I)-(VII), e.g., the compounds of Table 1, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for administration to human subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo. Pharmaceutical compositions typically include an active agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
The compound can also be used in the form of the free base, in the form of salts, zwitterions, solvates, or as prodrugs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof. All forms are within the scope of the invention. The compounds, salts, zwitterions, solvates, prodrugs, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, may be administered to a patient in a variety of forms depending on the selected route of administration, as will be understood by those skilled in the art. The compounds described herein may be administered, for example, by oral, parenteral, buccal, sublingual, nasal, rectal, patch, pump, or transdermal administration, and the pharmaceutical compositions formulated accordingly.
Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, transepithelial, nasal, intrapulmonary, intrathecal, rectal, and topical modes of administration.
Parenteral administration may be by continuous infusion over a selected period of time.
For human use, the compounds described herein can be administered alone or in admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. Pharmaceutical compositions for use in accordance with the
present invention thus can be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries that facilitate processing of compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
The excipient or carrier is selected on the basis of the mode and route of administration. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers, as well as pharmaceutical necessities for use in pharmaceutical formulations, are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012), a well-known reference text in this field, and in the USP/NF (United States Pharmacopeia and the National Formulary). Examples of suitable excipients are lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents, e.g., talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents, e.g., methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. Other exemplary excipients are described in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 6th Edition, Rowe et al., Eds., Pharmaceutical Press (2009).
These pharmaceutical compositions can be manufactured in a conventional manner, e.g., by conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes. Methods well known in the art for making formulations are found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012), and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, eds. J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, 1988- 1999, Marcel Dekker, New York. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. The formulation and preparation of such compositions is well-known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical formulation. In preparing a formulation, the active compound can be milled to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it can be milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size can be adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g., about 40 mesh. Dosages
The dosage of the compounds described herein (e.g., the compounds of Formulae (I)-(VII), e.g., the compounds of Table 1, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, can vary depending on many factors, e.g., the pharmacodynamic properties of the compound, the mode of administration, the age, health, and weight of the recipient, the nature and extent of the symptoms, the frequency of the treatment, and the type of concurrent treatment, if any, and the clearance rate of the composition in the subject to be treated. One of skill in the art can determine the appropriate dosage based on the above factors. The active agent may be administered initially in a suitable dosage that may be adjusted as required, depending on the clinical response. In general, a suitable daily dose of an active agent will be that amount of the compound that is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
In general, the dosage of a pharmaceutical composition or the active agent in a pharmaceutical composition may be in the range of from about 1 pg to about 10 g (e.g., 1 pg-10 pg, e.g., 2 pg, 3 pg, 4 pg, 5 pg, 6 pg, 7 pg, 8 pg, 9 pg, 10 pg, e.g., 10 pg-100 pg, e.g., 20 pg, 30 pg, 40 pg, 50 pg, 60 pg, 70 pg, 80 pg, 90 pg, 100 pg, e.g., 100 pg-1 ng, e.g., 200 pg, 300 pg, 400 pg, 500 pg, 600 pg, 700 pg, 800 pg, 900 pg, 1 ng, e.g., 1 ng-10 ng, e.g., 2 ng, 3 ng, 4 ng, 5 ng, 6 ng, 7 ng, 8 ng, 9 ng, 10 ng, e.g., 10 ng-100 ng, e.g., 20 ng, 30 ng, 40 ng, 50 ng, 60 ng, 70 ng, 80 ng, 90 ng, 100 ng, e.g., 100 ng-1 mg, e.g., 200 ng, 300 ng, 400 ng, 500 ng, 600 ng, 700 ng, 800 ng, 900 ng, 1 mg, e.g., 1- 10 mg, e.g., 1 mg, 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, e.g., 10 mg-100 mg, e.g., 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, e.g., 100 mg-1 mg, e.g., 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, 800 mg, 900 mg, 1 mg, e.g., 1 mg-10 mg, e.g., 2 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, 10 mg, e.g., 10 mg-100 mg, e.g., 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 70 mg, 80 mg, 90 mg, 100 mg, e.g., 100 mg-1 g, e.g., 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 700 mg, 800 mg, 900 mg, 1 g, e.g., 1 g-10 g, e.g., 2 g, 3 g, 4 g, 5 g, 6 g, 7 g, 8 g, 9 g, 10 g).
The pharmaceutical composition or the active agent may also be administered as a unit dose form or as a dose per mass or weight of the patient from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg (e.g., 0.01-0.1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.02 0.03 mg/kg, 0.04 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.06 mg/kg, 0.07 mg/kg, 0.08 mg/kg, 0.09 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.1-1 mg/kg, e.g., 0.2 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.7 mg/kg, 0.8 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, e.g., 1-10 mg/kg, e.g., 1 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, e.g., 10-100 mg/kg, e.g., 20 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 60 mg/kg, 70 mg/kg, 80 mg/kg, 90 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg). The dose may also be administered as a dose per mass or weight of the patient per unit day (e.g., 0.1-10 mg/kg/day).
The dosage regimen may be determined by the clinical indication being addressed (e.g., ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome, e.g., social impairment or anxiety), as well as by various patient variables (e.g., weight, age, sex) and clinical presentation (e.g., extent or severity of tactile sensitivity, anxiety, or social impairment). Furthermore, it is understood that all dosages may be continuously given or divided into dosages given per a given time frame. The composition may be administered, for example, every hour, day, week, month, or year. Formulations
The compounds described herein may be administered to patients or animals with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, in unit dosage form. The compounds for use in treatment of ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome may be produced and isolated by any standard technique known to those in the field of medicinal chemistry. Conventional pharmaceutical practice may be employed to provide suitable formulations or compositions to administer the compound to patients diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X syndrome.
Exemplary routes of administration of the compounds, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, used in the present invention include oral, sublingual, buccal, transdermal, intradermal, intramuscular, parenteral, intravenous, intra-arterial, intracranial, subcutaneous, intraorbital,
intraventricular, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intranasal, inhalation, intrathecal and topical administration. The compounds may be administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Formulations for Oral Administration
The pharmaceutical compositions contemplated by the invention include those formulated for oral administration. Oral dosage forms can be, for example, in the form of tablets, capsules, a liquid solution or suspension, a powder, or liquid or solid crystals, which contain the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate), granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid), binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or polyethylene glycol), and lubricating agents, glidants, and antiadhesives (e.g., magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable oils, or talc). Other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be colorants, flavoring agents, plasticizers, humectants, buffering agents, and the like.
Formulations for oral administration may also be presented as chewable tablets, as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment.
Controlled release compositions for oral use may be constructed to release the active drug by controlling the dissolution and/or the diffusion of the active drug substance. Any of a number of strategies can be pursued in order to obtain controlled release and the targeted plasma concentration versus time profile. In one example, controlled release is obtained by appropriate selection of various formulation parameters and ingredients, including, e.g., various types of controlled release compositions and coatings. Examples include single or multiple unit tablet or capsule compositions, oil solutions, suspensions, emulsions, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, patches, and liposomes. In certain embodiments, compositions include biodegradable, pH, and/or temperature- sensitive polymer coatings.
Dissolution or diffusion-controlled release can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of the compounds described herein, or by incorporating the compound into an appropriate matrix. A controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate,
ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2- hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols. In a controlled release matrix formulation, the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon.
The liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils, e.g., cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Formulations for Parenteral Administration
The compounds described herein can be administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral (e.g., intravenous or intramuscular) formulation as described herein. The pharmaceutical formulation may also be administered parenterally (intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous or the like) in dosage forms or formulations containing conventional, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants. In particular, formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. For example, to prepare such a composition, the compounds may be dissolved or suspended in a parenterally acceptable liquid vehicle. Among acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, water adjusted to a suitable pH by addition of an appropriate amount of hydrochloric acid, sodium hydroxide or a suitable buffer, 1,3-butanediol, Ringer’s solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. The aqueous formulation may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate. Additional information regarding parenteral formulations can be found, for example, in the United States Pharmacopeia-National Formulary (USP-NF), herein incorporated by reference.
Exemplary formulations for parenteral administration include solutions of the compound prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, e.g., hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, DMSO and mixtures thereof with or without alcohol, and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. Conventional procedures and ingredients for the selection and preparation of suitable formulations are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Ed., Allen, Ed. (2012) and in The United States
Pharmacopeia: The National Formulary (USP 36 NF31), published in 2013.
Formulations for parenteral administration may, for example, contain excipients, sterile water, or saline, polyalkylene glycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated napthalenes. Biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or
polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers may be used to control the release of the compounds. Other potentially useful parenteral delivery systems for the compounds described herein include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes. Formulations for inhalation may contain excipients, for example, lactose, or may be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or may be oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel.
The parenteral formulation can be formulated for prompt release or for sustained/extended release of the compound. Exemplary formulations for parenteral release of the compound include aqueous solutions, powders for reconstitution, cosolvent solutions, oil/water emulsions, suspensions, oil-based solutions, liposomes, microspheres, and polymeric gels. Examples
The compounds described herein are synthesized according to the known methods. All starting materials are available commercially or are prepared according to procedures known to one of skill in the art. Example 1. Synthesis of Compound 1.
General procedure for preparation of compound 7-4B
With reference to FIG.4, to a solution of compound 7-3 (1.00 g, 3.51 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (20.0 mL) was added LDA (2.00 M, 5.27 mL, 3.00 eq) at -78 °C. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hr. Next, a solution of compound 3A (1.27 g, 10.54 mmol, 3.00 eq) in THF (5.00 mL) was added at - 25 °C and the mixture was stirred at -25 °C for 3 hr. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 1: 1, Rf = 0.63) indicated compound 7-3 was consumed completely and one major new spot with lower polarity was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H2O (50.0 mL) at 25 °C, and then extracted with EtOAc (40.0 mL, 20.0 mL, 10.0 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 40:1 to 2:1). Compound 7-4B (700 mg, 2.16 mmol, 61.4% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3 d 7.59 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.42 - 7.54 (m, 4H), 7.27 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 5.95 - 6.04 (m, 1H), 5.16 - 5.21 (m, 1H), 5.08 - 5.11 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 1H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.02 (br s, 1H). General procedure for preparation of compound 7-4C
To a solution of compound 7-4B (600 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (20.0 mL) at -78 °C and the mixture was bubbled with O3 until turned blue. Next, the mixture was bubbled with O2 for 5 min and PPh3 (969 mg, 3.69 mmol, 2.00 eq) was added at -78 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf = 0.47) indicated compound 7-4B was consumed completely and one major new spot with larger polarity was detected. The reaction mixture
of compound 7-4C (604 mg, 1.85 mmol, 99.99% theory yield) was used into the next step without further work up. General procedure for preparation of compound 7-5A
The reaction mixture of compound 7-4C (604 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1.00 eq) were added MeOH (2.00 mL) and NaBH4 (1045 mg, 2.77 mmol, 1.50 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 1: 1, Rf = 0.22) indicated compound 7-4C was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 25:1 to 5:1). Compound 7-5A (500 mg, 1.52 mmol, 82.3% yield) was obtained as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.56 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 3.96 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.84 (t, J = 6.40 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 2.97 (br s, 1H), 2.53-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.42 (m, 1H). General procedure for preparation of compound 7-6B
To a solution of compound 7-5A (360 mg, 1.09 mmol, 1.00 eq) and TEA (332 mg, 3.28 mmol, 457 mL, 3.00 eq) in DCM (4.00 mL) was added MsCl (188 mg, 1.64 mmol, 127 uL, 1.50 eq) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hr. TLC (Dichloromethane: Methanol= 10: 1, Rf = 0.56) indicated compound 7-5A was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, DCM: MeOH = 10: 1). Compound 7-6B (330 mg, 811 umol, 74.1% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.62 (d, J = 7.20 Hz, 2H), 7.54 - 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.45 - 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.00 Hz, 2H), 7.32 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 4.64 - 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.55 - 4.59 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.69 - 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.60 - 2.64 (m, 1H). General procedure for preparation of compound 7-7
To a solution of compound 7-6B (330 mg, 811.05 umol, 1.00 eq) in acetone (4 mL) was added NaI (365 mg, 2.43 mmol, 3.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 3 hr. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 2: 1, Rf = 0.62) indicated compound 7-6B was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The crude product compound 7-7 (320 mg, crude) was used into the next step without further purification as yellow solid. General procedure for preparation of compound Target 7 (Compound 1)
The mixture of compound 7-7 (300 mg, 684 umol, 1.00 eq) in MeNH2/THF (2 M, 3.00 mL, 8.77 eq) was stirred at 25 °C for 4 hr. LC-MS showed compound 7-7 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (neutral condition:column: Waters Xbridge Prep OBD C18150*40 mm*10 µm; mobile phase:
[water(10mM NH4HCO3)-ACN];B%: 20%-50%,8 min). Target 7 (Compound 1) (80.0 mg, 234 µmol,
34.2% yield) was obtained as a light yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.60 (br d, J = 6.80 Hz, 2H), 7.42 - 7.51 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 2H), 3.67 (dd, J = 7.60, 6.00 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.77 - 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.36 - 2.44 (m, 5H). LC/MS: (M+H+) = 342.1. HPLC: RT = 2.117. Example 2. Synthesis of Compounds 2 and 3.
General procedure for preparation of compound 7-2
With reference to FIG.5, a mixture of compound 7-1 (5.00 g, 20.3 mmol, 1.00 eq), 2- chloroacetyl chloride (34.5 g, 305 mmol, 24.3 mL, 15.0 eq) was degassed and purged with N2 for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 hrs under N2 atmosphere. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 2 : 1, Rf = 0.45) indicated compound 7-1 was consumed completely and two new spots formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H2O (80 mL), and then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL, 20 mL, 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 10 : 1). Compound 7-2 (6.20 g, 19.2 mmol, 94.5% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3, d 7.81 (d, J = 7.60 Hz, 2H), 7.62 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.51 (m, 3H), 7.39 - 7.41 (m, 1H), 3.87– 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H). General procedure for preparation of compound 7-3
To a solution of compound 7-2 (6.20 g, 19.2 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added 6,7,8,9- tetrazatricyclodecane (1.35 g, 9.62 mmol, 1.80 mL, 0.50 eq), and NH3/MeOH (7.00 M, 2.75 mL, 1.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 6 hrs. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf = 0.43) indicated compound 7-2 was consumed completely and many new spots formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column
chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 20/1). Compound 7-3 (3.20 g, 11.2 mmol, 58.4% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3, d 7.54 (d, J = 7.20 Hz, 2H), 7.34 - 7.43 (m, 4H), 7.19 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 4.78 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.32 (s, 3H).
General procedure for preparation of compound 7-4
To a solution of compound 7-3 (2.60 g, 9.13 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (13.0 mL) was added LDA (2 M, 15.5 mL, 3.40 eq) at -78°C,After 30 min, the mixture was warmed up to -25 oC , and dry HCOH, obtained by thermal decomposition of paraformaldehyde (2.93 g, 91.3 mmol, 10.0 eq) was bubbled by the N2 stream. The mixture was stirred at -25°C for 3 hrs. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 0:1, Rf = 0.41) indicated compound 7-3 was consumed completely and two new spots formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 10% aq. HCl (3.00 mL) and then extracted with DCM (20 mL, 10 mL, 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 10/1). Compound 7-4 (1.00 g, 3.18 mmol, 34.7% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.30 -
7.61 (m, 8H), 4.41 - 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.21 (br s, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J = 7.20, 5.20 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.79 - 2.85 (m, 1H).
General procedure for preparation of compound 7-5
To a solution of compound 7-4 (0.50 g, 1.59 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (2.50 mL) was added TEA (321 mg, 3.18 mmol, 442 mL, 2.00 eq) and MsCl (236 mg, 2.07 mmol, 159 mL, 1.30 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 4 hrs. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf = 0.43) indicated compound 7-4 was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H2O (10.0 mL), and then extracted with DCM (10 mL, 8 mL, 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product compound 7-5 (0.80 g, crude) was used into the next step without further purification.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.56 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.56 (m, 4H), 7.32 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 5.09 (dd, J = 10.0, 7.20 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (dd, J = 10.0, 4.00 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (t, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.15 (s, 3H). General procedure for preparation of Target 8 (Compound 2)
To a solution of compound 7-5 (0.50 g, 1.27 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeCN (2.50 mL) was added 2- (2-methoxyethoxy) ethanamine (151 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.00 eq), K2CO3 (351 mg, 2.55 mmol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 10 hrs. LC-MS showed compound 7-5 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give product. Phenomenex Luna C18200*40mm*10um; mobile phase: [water (0.05%HCl)-ACN] ;B%: 15%-45%,10min. Target 8 (Compound 2) (113mg, 271 umol, 21.3% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz MeOD d 7.71 - 7.75 (m, 3H), 7.59 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.51 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.40 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, J = 5.20 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (t, J = 4.80 Hz, 3H), 3.65 - 3.75 (m, 3H), 3.59 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.44 (br d, J = 5.20 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H). LC/MS: (M+H+) =416.2. HPLC: RT=2.226. General procedure for preparation of Target 9 (Compound 3)
To a solution of compound 7-5 (0.20 g, 509 umol, 1.00 eq) in MeCN (1.00 mL) was added 2- methoxyethanamine (38.2 mg, 509 µmol, 44.2 mL, 1.00 eq), K2CO3 (140 mg, 1.02 mmol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 10 hr. LC-MS showed compound 7-5 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give product. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Welch Xtimate C18250*50mm*10um; mobile phase: [water(10mM NH4HCO3)-ACN]; B%: 35%-65%,10min). Target 9 (Compound 3) (62 mg, 149 mmol, 29.2% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.60 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.60 Hz, 2 H), 7.29 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 3.86 (br t, J = 6.00 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (br d, J = 2.80 Hz, 4H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.97 (br s, 2H). LC/MS: (M+H+) =372.1. HPLC: RT=2.174.
Example 3. Synthesis of Compound 4.
General procedure for preparation of compound 10-2
With reference to FIG.6, To a solution of compound 10-1 (5.00 g, 21.6 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (35.0 mL) was added TEA (6.55 g, 64.8 mmol, 3.00 eq) at 0 °C, and then a solution of compound 10-1A (8.71 g, 43.2 mmol, 2.00 eq) in DCM (15.0 mL) was added drop wise. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 4:1, Rf = 0.43) indicated compound 10-1 was consumed completely and three new spots formed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20.0 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 10-2 (5.40 g, crude) as a light yellow solid which was used into next step without further purification. General procedure for preparation of compound 10-3
To a solution of compound 10-2 (5.40 g, 15.3 mmol, 1.00 eq) in NH3/MeOH (7.00 M, 54.0 mL, 24.7 eq) was added 6,7,8,9-tetrazatricyclodecane (1.21 g, 8.67 mmol, 5.66 e-1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 h. TLC (Dichloromethane: Methanol = 10:1, Rf = 0.59) indicated compound 10- 2 was consumed completely and three new spots formed. The reaction mixture was under reduced pressure to give compound 10-3 (6.20 g, crude) as a yellow solid which was used into next step without further purification. 1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 9.11 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.38(br s, 2H). General procedure for preparation of compound 10-4A
To a solution of compound 10-3 (2.00 g, 7.39 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DMSO (5.00 mL) was added t-BuOK (3.32 g, 29.6 mmol, 4.00 eq) and compound 10-3A (3.31 g, 14.8 mmol, 2.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 6 h in a sealed tube. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf =0.51) indicated compound 10-3 was consumed completely and one major new spot formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturated NH4Cl (10.0 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (10.0 mL, 5.00 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2.00 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The crude product was triturated with MTBE (5.00 mL) at 20 oC for 0.5 h. Compound 10-4A (1.20 g, 2.90 mmol, 39.2% yield) was obtained as a white solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.65 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.28 (m, 1H), 4.82 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.97- 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.78 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.18-3.34 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H). General procedure for preparation of compound 10-6A
A mixture of compound 10-4A (1.20 g, 2.90 mmol, 1.00 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (8.00 mL) was stirred at 20 °C for 0.5 h under N2 atmosphere. TLC (Petroleum ether : Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf =0.00) indicated compound 10-4A was consumed completely and one new spot formed. LC-MS showed compound 10-4A was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH to give compound
10-6A (1.00 g, crude, HCl) as a yellow solid which was used into next step without further purification. 1H NMR: 400 MHz MeOD. d 8.02-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.87 (m, 3H), 7.73-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.378 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.51 (m, 2H). General procedure for preparation of Target 10 (Compound 4)
A mixture of compound 10-6A (0.30 g, 857 µmol, 1.00 eq, HCl) and Amberlyst|r A-21, ion exchange resin (0.30 g) in MeOH (6.00 mL) was stirred at 20°C for 0.5 h, then the mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was added to a suspension of compound 50586-80-6 (258 mg, 942 µmol, 1.10 eq) and K2CO3 (237 mg, 1.71 mmol, 2.00 eq) in CH3CN (3.00 mL), the resulting mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 15 h. LC-MS showed ~60% of compound 10-6A remained. Several new peaks were shown on LC-MS and ~30% of desired compound was detected. The reaction mixture filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (neutral condition: column: Waters X bridge Prep OBD C18150*40mm*10um; mobile phase: [water (10mM NH4HCO3)-ACN]; B%: 25%-50%,8 min) to give Target 10 (Compound 4) (0.095 g, 228 µmol, 26.7% yield, 100% purity) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.61 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.47 (s, 4H), 3.38 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.78 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.71 (m, 2H), 1.26 (s, 1H). LC/MS: (M+1): 416.0. HPLC: RT=2.439. Example 4. Synthesis of Compound 5.
General procedure for preparation of compound 11-1
With reference to FIG.7, A solution of compound 10-3A (333 mg, 1.99 mmol, 1.20 eq) in DMF (1.00 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of compound 10-3 (0.45 g, 1.66 mmol, 1.00 eq) and NaH (73.1 mg, 1.83 mmol, 60% purity, 1.10 eq) in DMF (4.00 mL) at 0 oC. The mixture was stirred at 25 oC for 16 h. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate = 1:1, Rf = 0.61) indicated compound 10-3 was consumed completely, and one major new spot with lower polarity was detected. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition NH4Cl (15.0 mL) at 20 oC, and then diluted with H2O (50.0 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (15.0 mL, 10.0 mL, 5.00 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5.00 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate = 30/1 to 5/1) to give compound 11-1 (0.55 g, 1.54 mmol, 92.7% yield) as a yellow solid.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.63 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.50 - 7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.43 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.29 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 4.86 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 4.17 - 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.88 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.21 - 1.25 (m, 1H). General procedure for preparation of compound 11-2
A mixture of compound 11-1 (0.55 g, 1.54 mmol, 1.00 eq), LiOH.H2O (97.0 mg, 2.31 mmol, 1.50 eq), and H2O (2.00 mL) in MeOH (2.00 mL) was degassed and purged with N2 for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 hrs under N2 atmosphere. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl
acetate = 1:1,Rf = 0.00) indicated compound 11-1 was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition HCl (5.00 mL, 1.00 M) at 20 °C, and extracted with EtOAc (10.0 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (3.00 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 11-2 (0.50 g, 1.52 mmol, 98.6% yield) as a yellow solid which was used into next step without further purification. 1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.52 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.43 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.34– 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.19 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 4.80 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H). General procedure for preparation of Target 11 (Compound 5)
To a solution of compound 11-2 (0.45 g, 1.37 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (3.00 mL) was added DIEA (265 mg, 2.05 mmol, 1.50 eq), and then HATU (573 mg, 1.51 mmol, 1.10 eq), compound 11-2A (179 mg, 1.51 mmol, 1.10 eq) was added at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 16 hrs. LC- MS showed compound 11-2 was consumed completely and one main peak with desired mass was detected. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (5.00 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2.00 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2.00 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Welch Xtimate C18150*25mm*5µm; mobile phase: [water (10mM NH4HCO3)-ACN]; B%: 20%-50%, 10 min) to give Target 11 (Compound 5) (160 mg, 372 µmol, 27.2% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.61 - 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.50 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.43– 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.58 (m, 8H), 3.38 (s, 3H). LC/MS: (M+1): 430.1. HPLC: RT=2.381. Example 5. Synthesis of Compound 6.
With reference to FIG.8, a mixture of compound 10-6A (0.10 g, 286 µmol, 1.00 eq, HCl) and Amberlyst|r A-21, ion exchange resin (0.10 g) in MeOH (2.00 mL) was stirred at 20°C for 0.5 h, then the mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was added to a suspension of compound 50586-80-6 (235 mg, 857 umol, 3.00 eq) and K2CO3 (78.9 mg, 571 µmol, 2.00 eq) in CH3CN (1.00 mL), the resulting mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 15 h. LC-MS showed ~50% of compound 10-6A remained. Several new peaks were shown on LC-MS and ~20% of desired compound was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, DCM: MeOH = 10:1) to give Compound 6 (0.017 g, 31.5 µmol, 11.0% yield, 96.0% purity) as a yellow oil.1H NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3. d 7.60-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.26- 7.27 (m, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.49 (m, 18H), 2.75 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.61-2.70 (m, 4H). LC/MS: (1/2M+1, M+1): 259.6, 518.2. HPLC: RT=2.524.
Other Embodiments
While the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it will be understood that it is capable of further modifications and this application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention and including such departures from the invention that come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains and may be applied to the essential provides hereinbefore set forth, and follows in the scope of the claims.
Claims
Claims 1. A compound having the structure of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
RA is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1, wherein RD1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
RB is RE, hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphaticl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
each instance of RC and RD is, independently, RE, hydrogen, halogen, nitro, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORD1a, -N(RD1a)2, or -SRD1a, wherein RD1a is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom;
X is O, NRF, or CHRF;
p is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
RE is a moiety that restricts the compound of Formula (I) to the peripheral nervous system, provided that the compound of Formula (I) comprises at least one RE; and
RF is a nitrogen radical that combines with RB to form a fused 5-membered heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein RE is optionally substituted C1-50 heteroaliphatic,–ORE1,– N(RE1)2,–NO2,–CN,–SRE1,–CH2ORE1,– CH2N(RE1)2,–CH2SRE1,–NRE1C(=O)RE1,–C(=O)N(RE1)2,– SC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)SRE1,–OC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)ORE1,–NREC(=S)RE1,–C(=S)NRE1, trans–CRE1=CRE1, cis–CRE1=CRE1,–CºC–RE1,–S(=O)RE1,–S(=O)ORE1,–OS(=O)RE1,–S(=O)N(RE1)2,–NRE1S(=O)RE1, –S(=O)2RE1,–S(=O)2ORE1,–OS(=O)2RE1,–S(=O)2N(RE1)2RE1, or is of the formula:
RE1 is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (II):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (III):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. The compound of claim 1, having the structure of Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1, 3, 5-8, or 10, wherein RB is optionally substituted alkyl.
14. The compound of claim 13, wherein RB is methyl.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1, 4-6, or 17-19, wherein RA is H.
21. The compound of claim 20, wherein the compound has the structure of:
22. The compound of any one of claims 1-21, wherein RE is optionally substituted C1-50 heteroalkyl,–ORE1,–N(RE1)2,–NO2,–CN,–SRE1,–CH2ORE1,– CH2N(RE1)2,–CH2SRE1,–
NRE1C(=O)RE1,–C(=O)N(RE1)2,–SC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)SRE1,–OC(=O)RE1,–C(=O)ORE1,–
NREC(=S)RE1,–C(=S)NRE1, trans–CRE1=CRE1, cis–CRE1=CRE1,–CºC–RE1,–S(=O)RE1,–S(=O)ORE1, –OS(=O)RE1,–S(=O)N(RE1)2,–NRE1S(=O)RE1,–S(=O)2RE1,–S(=O)2ORE1,–OS(=O)2RE1,–
S(=O)2N(RE1)2RE1;
wherein RE1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to an nitrogen atom, an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1-21, wherein RE is of the formula:
24. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, wherein RE is C1-10 heteroalkyl. 25. The compound of claim 24, wherein RE is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt according to any one of claims 1-25 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 27. A method of reducing tactile dysfunction in a human subject diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Rett Syndrome (RTT), Phelan McDermid syndrome (PMS), or Fragile X Syndrome,
by administering to the subject the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of claims 1-25, or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 26 in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the tactile dysfunction. 28. A method of reducing anxiety or social impairment in a human subject diagnosed with ASD, RTT, PMS, or Fragile X Syndrome by administering to the subject the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of claims 1-25, or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 26 in an amount and for a duration sufficient to reduce the anxiety or social impairment.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP20779891.9A EP3946390A4 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2020-03-25 | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
US17/442,474 US12077512B2 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2020-03-25 | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201962823419P | 2019-03-25 | 2019-03-25 | |
US62/823,419 | 2019-03-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020198275A1 true WO2020198275A1 (en) | 2020-10-01 |
Family
ID=72611132
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2020/024564 WO2020198275A1 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2020-03-25 | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US12077512B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3946390A4 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020198275A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022169758A1 (en) * | 2021-02-02 | 2022-08-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Peripherally restricted gaba positive allosteric modulators |
CN115304554A (en) * | 2022-09-19 | 2022-11-08 | 公安部物证鉴定中心 | Preparation method of 2' -chlorodiazepam-D3 |
WO2023057415A1 (en) * | 2021-10-06 | 2023-04-13 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Benzodiazepine derivatives as positive allosteric modulators of the gaba a gamma1 receptor |
US11739095B2 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2023-08-29 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Substituted benzo[f][1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,4]diazepines as GABA A GAMMA1 positive allosteric modulators |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2019232046A1 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-05 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4065451A (en) * | 1971-03-30 | 1977-12-27 | American Home Products | 1,3-Dihydro-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2H-1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one, substituted diamino acetate esters and their acid salts |
US4820834A (en) * | 1984-06-26 | 1989-04-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Benzodiazepine analogs |
Family Cites Families (48)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3243427A (en) | 1962-06-21 | 1966-03-29 | Hoffmann La Roche | Certain 5-phenyl-1, 2-dihydro (or 1, 2, 4, 5-tetrahydro)-3h-1, 4,-benzodiazepine compounds and their production |
FR1497456A (en) * | 1964-06-15 | 1967-10-13 | Clin Byla Ets | Ortho-amino aryl ketimines, heterocyclic compounds attached to them and preparation of these various bodies |
OA04285A (en) | 1972-01-07 | 1979-12-31 | Rhone Poulenc Sa | New derivatives of pyrrolo (3,4-b) pyrazine and their preparation. |
US4122265A (en) * | 1976-05-21 | 1978-10-24 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Derivatives of 3-phenylisoindole-1-carboxylic acid |
FR2492382A1 (en) | 1980-10-22 | 1982-04-23 | Synthelabo | IMIDAZO (1,2-A) PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF |
DE3378763D1 (en) | 1982-04-02 | 1989-02-02 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | Condensed pyrrolinone derivatives, and their production |
FR2525602A1 (en) | 1982-04-21 | 1983-10-28 | Synthelabo | IMIDAZO (1,2-A) PYRIDINES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
CA1332410C (en) * | 1984-06-26 | 1994-10-11 | Roger M. Freidinger | Benzodiazepine analogs |
US5786357A (en) | 1991-12-02 | 1998-07-28 | Sepracor Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating sleep disorders, convulsive seizures and other disorders using optically pure (+) zopiclone |
US5618824A (en) | 1994-03-09 | 1997-04-08 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders with 5-HT2 antagonists |
IT1276522B1 (en) | 1995-04-07 | 1997-10-31 | Elena Benincasa | USE OF ZOLPIDEM FOR THE THERAPEUDIC TREATMENT OF NEUROPSYCHIATRIC SYNDROMES ASSOCIATED WITH DYSFUNSION AND NEURAL CIRCUITS OF |
WO1997049690A1 (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1997-12-31 | Merck & Co., Inc. | A method for treating meniere's disease |
US5776930A (en) | 1996-06-28 | 1998-07-07 | Merck & Company, Inc. | Pharmaceutical preparation |
AUPP278498A0 (en) | 1998-04-03 | 1998-04-30 | Australian Nuclear Science & Technology Organisation | Peripheral benzodiazepine receptor binding agents |
US6753431B2 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2004-06-22 | Sumitomo Chemical Company Limited | Production of mixed acid anhydride and amide compound |
AU2002211828A1 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2002-04-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase |
SE0104250D0 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2001-12-14 | Astrazeneca Ab | Heterocyclic compounds |
AU2003285012A1 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2004-05-13 | Sepracor, Inc. | Compositions comprising zopiclone derivatives and methods of making and using the same |
GB0312365D0 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2003-07-02 | Univ Aston | Novel 3-substituted-1, 4-benzodiazepines |
US20060084806A1 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2006-04-20 | Ramasubramanian Sridharan | Processes for the preparation of imidazo[1,2-a] pyridine derivatives |
EP1757587A1 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-02-28 | Laboratorios Del Dr. Esteve, S.A. | Substituted pyrazoline compounds, their preparation and use as medicaments |
US20110046090A1 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2011-02-24 | Braincells Inc. | Modulation of neurogenesis with gaba agents and gaba analogs |
WO2008003044A2 (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2008-01-03 | The Regents Of University Of California | Method and apparatus for human behavioral monitoring |
BRPI0716583A2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2013-10-01 | Australian Nuclear Science Tec | fluorinated ligands to label peripheral benzodiazepine receptors |
US20100150944A1 (en) * | 2007-04-16 | 2010-06-17 | Modgene, Llc | Methods and compositions for diagnosis and treatment of depression and anxiety |
AU2009279936A1 (en) | 2008-08-05 | 2010-02-11 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Therapeutic compounds |
JP2012514655A (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2012-06-28 | プレジデント アンド フェローズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ | Fluorine-containing compounds and methods of use |
CN102295642B (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2016-04-06 | 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 | 2-Aryimidazole is [1,2-a] pyridine-3-acetamide, Preparation Method And The Use also |
WO2013136338A1 (en) | 2012-03-14 | 2013-09-19 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd At The Weizmann Institute Of Science | Modified kisspeptin peptides and uses thereof |
ES2714314T3 (en) | 2012-04-12 | 2019-05-28 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc | Asymmetric synthesis for spiro-oxindole compounds useful as therapeutic agents |
JP6259823B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-01-10 | ユーシービー バイオファルマ エスピーアールエル | Imidazopyridine derivatives as modulators of TNF activity |
US20140066504A1 (en) | 2012-09-04 | 2014-03-06 | Daryl W. Hochman | Analogs and prodrugs of bumetanide; compositions and methods of use |
US9914717B2 (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2018-03-13 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Cycloalkenyl hydroxamic acid derivatives and their use as histone deacetylase inhibitors |
CN103933036B (en) | 2013-01-23 | 2017-10-13 | 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 | 2 Aryimidazoles simultaneously the acetamide derivative of [1,2 α] pyridine 3 prepare preventing and treating PTSD medicine in purposes |
WO2014123909A1 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2014-08-14 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Positive allosteric modulators of the gaba-a receptor in the treatment of autism |
AU2014231768A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2015-09-24 | Australian Nuclear Science And Technology Organisation | Transgenic non-human organisms with non-functional TSPO genes |
US9701635B2 (en) | 2013-07-26 | 2017-07-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | C-H fluorination of heterocycles with silver (II) fluoride |
UA118035C2 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2018-11-12 | Сінгента Партісіпейшнс Аг | Herbicidal compounds |
US9763903B2 (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2017-09-19 | Steven Hoffman | Compositions and methods for treating intestinal hyperpermeability |
US10813901B2 (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2020-10-27 | Yamo Pharmaceuticals Llc | Compositions and methods for treating autism |
US9586890B2 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2017-03-07 | Northwestern University | Screening methods for the binding affinity of chemical entities to biological molecules and NEDD4-1 inhibitors identified by the screening methods |
US10266534B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-04-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Peripherally restricted GABA positive allosteric modulators for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome and other ailments of the peripheral nervous system |
WO2017214442A1 (en) | 2016-06-08 | 2017-12-14 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods and compositions for reducing tactile dysfunction and anxiety associated with autism spectrum disorder, rett syndrome, and fragile x syndrome |
CN110392680A (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2019-10-29 | 拜耳作物科学股份公司 | Substituted oxazolyl pyrrolones and oxazolyl hydantoins and its salt and its purposes as herbicidal active compounds |
RU2701557C2 (en) | 2017-11-24 | 2019-09-30 | Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Инновационные Фармакологические Разработки" (Ооо "Ифар") | 1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one derivatives and use thereof |
WO2019226808A1 (en) | 2018-05-22 | 2019-11-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
WO2019232046A1 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-05 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment |
WO2020237043A1 (en) | 2019-05-22 | 2020-11-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Human tactile prepulse inhibition assay |
-
2020
- 2020-03-25 WO PCT/US2020/024564 patent/WO2020198275A1/en unknown
- 2020-03-25 EP EP20779891.9A patent/EP3946390A4/en active Pending
- 2020-03-25 US US17/442,474 patent/US12077512B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4065451A (en) * | 1971-03-30 | 1977-12-27 | American Home Products | 1,3-Dihydro-3-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2H-1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one, substituted diamino acetate esters and their acid salts |
US4820834A (en) * | 1984-06-26 | 1989-04-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Benzodiazepine analogs |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
DATABASE PubChem 25 March 2005 (2005-03-25), Database accession no. 4506 * |
DATABASE PubChem 27 March 2005 (2005-03-27), Database accession no. 614001 * |
See also references of EP3946390A4 * |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11739095B2 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2023-08-29 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Substituted benzo[f][1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a][1,4]diazepines as GABA A GAMMA1 positive allosteric modulators |
WO2022169758A1 (en) * | 2021-02-02 | 2022-08-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Peripherally restricted gaba positive allosteric modulators |
US12049467B2 (en) | 2021-02-02 | 2024-07-30 | The Johns Hopkins University | Substituted benzopyrazolo[1,5-a][1,4]diazepines as GABA positive allosteric modulators |
WO2023057415A1 (en) * | 2021-10-06 | 2023-04-13 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Benzodiazepine derivatives as positive allosteric modulators of the gaba a gamma1 receptor |
CN115304554A (en) * | 2022-09-19 | 2022-11-08 | 公安部物证鉴定中心 | Preparation method of 2' -chlorodiazepam-D3 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3946390A1 (en) | 2022-02-09 |
US12077512B2 (en) | 2024-09-03 |
EP3946390A4 (en) | 2022-12-21 |
US20220162173A1 (en) | 2022-05-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12077512B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment | |
US12084451B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for reducing tactile dysfunction, anxiety, and social impairment | |
CN112689629B (en) | For inhibiting Nav1.8 Pyridazine Compounds | |
TWI542585B (en) | Hepatitis c virus inhibitors | |
JPH07504185A (en) | therapeutic nucleosides | |
JP6627835B2 (en) | KCNQ2-5 channel activator | |
EP3746421B1 (en) | Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4 | |
US8217027B2 (en) | Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptor agonist and antagonist compounds | |
KR20140059164A (en) | Tricyclic gyrase inhibitors | |
AU2020207828A1 (en) | Soluble epoxide hydrolase inhibitors and uses thereof | |
JP2016510812A (en) | Phenylalkylcarbamate compounds for prevention or treatment of epilepsy or epilepsy-related disease group {PHENYALLKYLCARBAMATECOMPOUNDSFORUSEINPREVENTINGTORTRETINGINGPIPLEPSYOREPIPESY-RELATEDSYNDROME} | |
WO2017117556A1 (en) | Positive allosteric modulators of the glp-1 receptor | |
JP7312745B2 (en) | Azetidine derivatives and their prodrugs | |
WO2019042442A1 (en) | Compound having tyrosine protein kinase jak1- or jak2-inhibittion and degradation activity | |
JP2023503091A (en) | TRPV4 receptor ligand | |
ES2866324T3 (en) | Derivatives of 1- (1-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden5-yl) -urea and similar compounds as activators of the KCNQ2-5 channel for the treatment of dysuria | |
FR2924343A1 (en) | NOVEL THERAPEUTIC USES OF DUAL MOLECULES CONTAINING A PEROXYDIC DERIVATIVE. | |
GB2504615A (en) | Fused aminodihydrothiazine derivatives | |
US20200399224A1 (en) | Cyclopentaimidazolones for the treatment of cancer | |
US20230002389A1 (en) | Adenine analogs, prodrugs, derivatives, compositions and uses thereof | |
KR20210023902A (en) | JAK3 selective inhibitor |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20779891 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020779891 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20211025 |